ML14091A210: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                   Page 1 of 5
{{#Wiki_filter:ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
: a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:         10 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-217 ALTERNATE PATH X             TIME CRITICAL             PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
Page 1 of 5 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME: 10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-217 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
Line 28: Line 29:
* Increase charging flow to >92 gpm.
* Increase charging flow to >92 gpm.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                                  Aaron Forsha                Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                             Page 1 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
Page 1 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
: a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
: b. CVCS is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
: b. CVCS is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
Line 41: Line 43:
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                                     STANDARDS:                             (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME Candidate will evaluate step 4 and determine there is one stuck rod. The RNO steps are below.
START TIME Candidate will evaluate step 4 and determine there is one stuck rod. The RNO steps are below.
: 1. (step 4.1 RNO)                                             1A or 1B BAT Pump hand switch          S / U Start 1A or 1B boric acid transfer pump.                     taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT.
: 1. (step 4.1 RNO)
NOTE:
Start 1A or 1B boric acid transfer pump.
* NO flow will be observed after opening MOV8104 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter. It is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2:
1A or 1B BAT Pump hand switch taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT.
                - Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1).
S / U NOTE:
                - Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3).
NO flow will be observed after opening MOV8104 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter. It is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2:
                - Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through FI-110. (Element 4)
Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1).
                - May use AOP-27.0 guidance (STEP 2-NOTE: and align flow through FCV113A&B to attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP-27 are consistent with these elements.
Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3).
* The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, valves, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures; NO flow indicated locally on FI-110A. If Boric Acid filter DP directed to be checked, then inform the Control room that the D/P is 35 psid.
Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through FI-110. (Element
: 4)
May use AOP-27.0 guidance (STEP 2-NOTE: and align flow through FCV113A&B to attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP-27 are consistent with these elements.
The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, valves, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures; NO flow indicated locally on FI-110A. If Boric Acid filter DP directed to be checked, then inform the Control room that the D/P is 35 psid.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                     Page 2 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
ELEMENTS:                                                 STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
Page 2 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: 2. (step 4.2.1 RNO)                                       Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG            S / U Align normal emergency boration flow path.               PUMP SUCT MOV8104.
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
: 2. (step 4.2.1 RNO)
Align normal emergency boration flow path.
Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG PUMP SUCT MOV8104.
Observes MOV8104 RED light is LIT.
Observes MOV8104 RED light is LIT.
: 3. (step 4.2.2 RNO)                                       Uses Gaitronics to contact Radside  S / U IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath is           SO. Directs Opening of V185 per NOT available then align manual emergency            RNO step 4.2.2 of ESP-0.1.
S / U
boration flowpath.
: 3. (step 4.2.2 RNO)
          - Directs Radside SO to open V185                  CUE from Booth operator:
IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath is NOT available then align manual emergency boration flowpath.
Directs Radside SO to open V185 OPENS FCV113A (may also open FCV113B while waiting on local actions per AOP-27)
Uses Gaitronics to contact Radside SO. Directs Opening of V185 per RNO step 4.2.2 of ESP-0.1.
CUE from Booth operator:
Radside SO acknowledges AFTER 1 minute: CUE from Booth operator: Radside operator reports V185 is open.
Radside SO acknowledges AFTER 1 minute: CUE from Booth operator: Radside operator reports V185 is open.
          -    OPENS FCV113A (may also open FCV113B while waiting on local actions        OPENS FCV-113A. Observes per AOP-27)                                  FCV113A RED light is LIT.
OPENS FCV-113A. Observes FCV113A RED light is LIT.
NOTE:
S / U NOTE:
* Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown).
* Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown).
* ARP-1.4 DE1, which will come into alarm if the actions above are not taken, and would direct the adjustment of charging flow, if addressed.
* ARP-1.4 DE1, which will come into alarm if the actions above are not taken, and would direct the adjustment of charging flow, if addressed.
: 4. (step 4.3.1 RNO)                                       OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM          S / U Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.                 HV8149A.
: 4. (step 4.3.1 RNO)
Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.
OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM HV8149A.
Observes HV8149A RED light is LIT.
Observes HV8149A RED light is LIT.
: 5. (step 4.3.2 RNO)                                       OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM          S / U Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service.                 HV8149B or C.
S / U
: 5. (step 4.3.2 RNO)
Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service.
OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM HV8149B or C.
Observes HV8149B or C RED light is LIT.
Observes HV8149B or C RED light is LIT.
: 6. (step 4.4.1 RNO)                                       Adjust charging flow to greater    S / U Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.                 than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122. Observes FI-122A reads >40 gpm.
S / U
: 6. (step 4.4.1 RNO)
Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.
Adjust charging flow to greater than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122. Observes FI-122A reads >40 gpm.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                   Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
ELEMENTS:                                               STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: 7. (step 4.4.2/3/4 RNO)                               Check emergency & manual            S / U Check emergency or manual emergency boration            boration flow greater than 30 gpm.
ELEMENTS:
flow greater than 30 gpm.                           Observes FI-110 and/or FI-113 indicate <30 gpm.
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
: 7. (step 4.4.2/3/4 RNO)
Check emergency or manual emergency boration flow greater than 30 gpm.
Check emergency & manual boration flow greater than 30 gpm.
Observes FI-110 and/or FI-113 indicate <30 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator: RADSIDE SO reports FI-110A indicates < 10 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator: RADSIDE SO reports FI-110A indicates < 10 gpm.
NOTE:
S / U NOTE:
* Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
* Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the aligned flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.
Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the aligned flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.
: 8. (ATT 2 step 1)                                       Verifies 1C CHG PUMP HDR            S / U Verify 1C CHG PUMP header valves open.                 valves open. Observes CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO MOV 8132A, 8132B, 8133A & 8133B RED lights are LIT.
: 8. (ATT 2 step 1)
: 9. (ATT 2 step 2)                                       Determine that NO boration flow     S / U Check boration flow adequate.                          from any boration flow path is available.
Verify 1C CHG PUMP header valves open.
Verifies 1C CHG PUMP HDR valves open. Observes CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO MOV 8132A, 8132B, 8133A & 8133B RED lights are LIT.
S / U
: 9. (ATT 2 step 2)
Check boration flow adequate.
Determine that NO boration flow from any boration flow path is available.
Observes FI-110 and FI-113 indicates <10 gpm.
Observes FI-110 and FI-113 indicates <10 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator: RADSIDE SO reports FI-110A indicates < 10 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator: RADSIDE SO reports FI-110A indicates < 10 gpm.
* 10. (ATT 2 step 2 RNO)                                   Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves S / U Align charging pump suction to RWST.                   LCV115B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO LCV115C & E.
S / U
* 10. (ATT 2 step 2 RNO)
Align charging pump suction to RWST.
Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves LCV115B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO LCV115C & E.
Observes LCV115B & D red lights are LIT, LCV115C & E GREEN lights are LIT.
Observes LCV115B & D red lights are LIT, LCV115C & E GREEN lights are LIT.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                         Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
ELEMENTS:                                                   STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: 11. (ATT 2 step 3.1)                                         Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN          S / U Verify charging pump discharge flow path -                   HX MOV8107 & MOV8108 open.
ELEMENTS:
ALIGNED.                                                Observes MOV8107 & 8108 RED lights are LIT.
STANDARDS:
: 12. (ATT 2 step 3.2)                                         Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE S / U Verify only one charging line valve - OPEN.                 HV8146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE HV8147 OPEN.
(CIRCLE)
: 11. (ATT 2 step 3.1)
Verify charging pump discharge flow path -
ALIGNED.
Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN HX MOV8107 & MOV8108 open.
Observes MOV8107 & 8108 RED lights are LIT.
S / U
: 12. (ATT 2 step 3.2)
Verify only one charging line valve - OPEN.
Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE HV8146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE HV8147 OPEN.
Observes Q1E21HV8146 OR HV8147 RED light is LIT.
Observes Q1E21HV8146 OR HV8147 RED light is LIT.
NOTE:       Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 (while placing letdown in service).
S / U NOTE:
* 13. (ATT 2 step 3.3 RNO)                                     CHG FLOW FK 122 manually          S / U Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm.                 adjusted as necessary. Observes FI-122A indicates >92 gpm.
Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 (while placing letdown in service).
STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.
* 13. (ATT 2 step 3.3 RNO)
Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm.
CHG FLOW FK 122 manually adjusted as necessary. Observes FI-122A indicates >92 gpm.
S / U STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1.     FNP-1-ESP-0.1, Version 32.0
: 1.
: 2.     Technical Specifications
FNP-1-ESP-0.1, Version 32.0
: 3.     K/As: 024AA2.02 RO-3.9                   SRO-4.4 024AA2.01 RO-3.8               SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2.
Technical Specifications
: 3.
K/As: 024AA2.02 RO-3.9 SRO-4.4 024AA2.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 1. None Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 1. None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP                                               Evaluation
STEP Evaluation
: 1. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
: 1. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
: 2. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
: 2. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
: 3. Not critical Aligning manual emergency makeup is an alternative path that could
: 3. Not critical Aligning manual emergency makeup is an alternative path that could  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                       Page 5 of 7 be taken, but is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
Page 5 of 7 be taken, but is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
: 4. Not critical: Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure.
: 4. Not critical: Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure.
: 5. Not critical: Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure.
: 5. Not critical: Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure.
Line 118: Line 172:
: 12. not critical since one of these valves is open
: 12. not critical since one of these valves is open
: 13. Critical: Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to > 92 gpm until this step.
: 13. Critical: Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to > 92 gpm until this step.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                   Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
: a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
: b. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
: b. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
Line 126: Line 181:
: d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
: d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to complete the actions of ESP-0.1, beginning at step 4.
Your task is to complete the actions of ESP-0.1, beginning at step 4.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                                   Page 1 of 7
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.
: b. Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And Aligned EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         20 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-218 ALTERNATE PATH X             TIME CRITICAL _           PRA X_
Page 1 of 7 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: b. Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And Aligned EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-218 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL _ PRA X_
JPM DIRECTIONS:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
Line 139: Line 195:
* Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated and Aligned.
* Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated and Aligned.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                                Aaron Forsha                  Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                                   Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.
Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection has occurred.
: a. A safety injection has occurred.
: b. EEP-0 is in progress.
: b. EEP-0 is in progress.
Line 149: Line 206:
Your task is to perform Attachment 2 Automatic Actions Verification, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.
Your task is to perform Attachment 2 Automatic Actions Verification, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                 STANDARDS:                                       (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1.   (step 11.1)
: 1.
(step 11.1)
Verify PHASE A CTMT ISO actuated.
Checks MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11-1 lights LIT.
Checks MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11-1 lights LIT.
Verify PHASE A CTMT ISO                                                            S / U Observes both are not LIT.
Observes both are not LIT.
actuated.
S / U
: 2.   (step 11.1)
: 2.
Train A CTMT ISO PHASE A hand switch Actuate train A CTMT ISO                                                          S / U placed to actuate. Observes nothing happens.
(step 11.1)
PHASE A.
Actuate train A CTMT ISO PHASE A.
NOTE:
Train A CTMT ISO PHASE A hand switch placed to actuate. Observes nothing happens.
* The following B train components will be NOT be capable of being isolated requiring the A train equivalent to be closed:
S / U NOTE:
The following B train components will be NOT be capable of being isolated requiring the A train equivalent to be closed:
o MLB 2 15-1, Q1E21MOV8100 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO o MLB 2 19-3 QSV47HV3625 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
o MLB 2 15-1, Q1E21MOV8100 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO o MLB 2 19-3 QSV47HV3625 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
A train                 B train                   system HV8112 - closed     HV8100 (can not be closed) Seal Return (MCB) 1A/B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC F001A/3A (start)     F001B/3B (start)
A train B train system HV8112 - closed HV8100 (can not be closed) Seal Return (MCB)
UNIT (BOP)
F001A/3A (start)
HV3622 - closed     HV3623 - closed           COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)
F001B/3B (start) 1A/B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)
HV3624 - closed     HV3625 (can not be closed) CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
HV3622 - closed HV3623 - closed COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)
F002A - (start)     F002B - (start)           CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
HV3624 - closed HV3625 (can not be closed)
HV3626 - closed     HV3627 - closed           COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP HV3628 - closed     HV3629 - closed           CONT RM UTILITY EXH
CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
: 3.   (step 11.2)
F002A - (start)
Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT LIT.             S / U Check all MLB 2 lights lit.
F002B - (start)
CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
HV3626 - closed HV3627 - closed COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP HV3628 - closed HV3629 - closed CONT RM UTILITY EXH
: 3.
(step 11.2)
Check all MLB 2 lights lit.
Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT LIT.
S / U  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                                                         Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.
ELEMENTS:                                     STANDARDS:                                                       (CIRCLE)
Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:
NOTE:
* CRITICAL COMPONENTS are listed below and Annotated with # symbol in ELEMENT 4.
CRITICAL COMPONENTS are listed below and Annotated with # symbol in ELEMENT 4.  
*4.   (step 11.2 RNO)                         For each light not LIT, the handswitch for the                   S / U Verifies Phase A CTMT                    component is taken to the required position to isolation using attachment 3.            ensure MLB 2 light LIT.
*4.
NOTE:
(step 11.2 RNO)
* THE BELOW CHART IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS AN EXAMINER AIDE.
Verifies Phase A CTMT isolation using attachment 3.
* SHADED BOXES DESIGNATE THE INDICATING LIGHT IS INTIALLY LIT.
For each light not LIT, the handswitch for the component is taken to the required position to ensure MLB 2 light LIT.
* If all MLB-2 lights for A train are LIT and all but 2 lights for B train are LIT, then all of the elements are considered sat. The table is provided as an enhancement, for the examiner, for marking which components have been manipulated.
S / U NOTE:
THE BELOW CHART IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS AN EXAMINER AIDE.
SHADED BOXES DESIGNATE THE INDICATING LIGHT IS INTIALLY LIT.
If all MLB-2 lights for A train are LIT and all but 2 lights for B train are LIT, then all of the elements are considered sat. The table is provided as an enhancement, for the examiner, for marking which components have been manipulated.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                     Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.
ELEMENTS:               STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
*4. CONTINUED 1-2               TDAFWP STM SUPP WARMUP ISO (BOP)-   S / U Q1N12HV3234A 1-3              SW TO TURB BLDG ISO A TRN-Q1P16V515 S / U 1-4              SW TO TURB BLDG ISO B TRN-Q1P16V517 S / U 2-1              CTMT ATMOS TO R-11/12 ISO (BOP)-   S / U Q1E14HV3657 2-2              CTMT ATMOS TO R-11/12 ISO (BOP)-   S / U Q1E14MOV3660 2-3              CTMT P ISO (BOP)-Q1E14MOV3318B     S / U 2-4              RX CAV CLG DMPR (BOP)-Q1E12HV3999A S / U 4-1              CHEM ADD TO 1A SG ISO (BOP)         S / U Q1N25HV3772A 4-2              CHEM ADD TO 1B SG ISO (BOP)-       S / U Q1N25HV3772B 4-3              CHEM ADD TO 1C SG ISO (BOP)-       S / U Q1N25HV3772C 4-4              CCW FROM EXC LTDN/RCDT HXS-         S / U Q1P17HV3443 5-1 (#)          RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO-Q1E21MOV8112   S / U 5-2              LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM-Q1E21HV8149A   S / U 5-4              LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM-Q1E21HV8149C   S / U 6-2              CTMT SUMP DISCH (BOP)-Q1G21HV3377   S / U 6-3              CTMT SUMP RECIRC (BOP)             S / U Q1G21HV3380
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)  
*4.
CONTINUED 1-2 1-3 1-4 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 5-1 (#)
5-2 5-4 6-2 6-3 TDAFWP STM SUPP WARMUP ISO (BOP)-
Q1N12HV3234A SW TO TURB BLDG ISO A TRN-Q1P16V515 SW TO TURB BLDG ISO B TRN-Q1P16V517 CTMT ATMOS TO R-11/12 ISO (BOP)-
Q1E14HV3657 CTMT ATMOS TO R-11/12 ISO (BOP)-
Q1E14MOV3660 CTMT P ISO (BOP)-Q1E14MOV3318B RX CAV CLG DMPR (BOP)-Q1E12HV3999A CHEM ADD TO 1A SG ISO (BOP)
Q1N25HV3772A CHEM ADD TO 1B SG ISO (BOP)-
Q1N25HV3772B CHEM ADD TO 1C SG ISO (BOP)-
Q1N25HV3772C CCW FROM EXC LTDN/RCDT HXS-Q1P17HV3443 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO-Q1E21MOV8112 LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM-Q1E21HV8149A LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM-Q1E21HV8149C CTMT SUMP DISCH (BOP)-Q1G21HV3377 CTMT SUMP RECIRC (BOP)
Q1G21HV3380 S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                 Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.
ELEMENTS:                       STANDARDS:                               (CIRCLE)
Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
*4. CONTINUED 7-1                       RCDT VENT LINE ISO-Q1G21HV7126          S / U 8-1 (# OR 19-1)           1A CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT       S / U (BOP)-QSV49F001A/3A 8-3                      RCS LOOPS 2 & 3 SAMPLE ISO (BOP)-       S / U Q1P15HV3765 9-1 (# or 20-1)          1A CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)-       S / U QSV49F002A 10-1 (# or 19-2 )        COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)-             S / U QSV47HV3622 10-2 (#)                  CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-QSV47HV3624     S / U 10-3 (# or 20-2)          COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-             S / U QSV47HV3626 10-4 (# or 20-3)          CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)-               S / U QSV49HV3628 BEGIN B TRAIN 15-1 (Unable To Close and RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO Remain Closed)            Q1E21MOV8100                             S / U NOTE: Valve will stroke closed, but will IMMEDIATELY re-open.
ELEMENTS:
19-1 (# or 8-1)           1B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT       S / U (BOP)
STANDARDS:
QSV49F001B/3B 19-2 (# or 10-1)         COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)               S / U QSV47HV3623 19-3 (Unable to Close)   CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)                 S / U QSV47HV3625 NOTE: Handswitch is disabled.
(CIRCLE)  
20-1 (# or 9-1)           1B CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)       S / U QSV49F002B
*4.
CONTINUED 7-1 8-1 (# OR 19-1) 8-3 9-1 (# or 20-1) 10-1 (# or 19-2 )
10-2 (#)
10-3 (# or 20-2) 10-4 (# or 20-3)
RCDT VENT LINE ISO-Q1G21HV7126 1A CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)-QSV49F001A/3A RCS LOOPS 2 & 3 SAMPLE ISO (BOP)-
Q1P15HV3765 1A CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)-
QSV49F002A COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)-
QSV47HV3622 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-QSV47HV3624 COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-
QSV47HV3626 CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)-
QSV49HV3628 S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U BEGIN B TRAIN 15-1 (Unable To Close and Remain Closed)
RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO Q1E21MOV8100 NOTE: Valve will stroke closed, but will IMMEDIATELY re-open.
S / U 19-1 (# or 8-1) 1B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)
QSV49F001B/3B S / U 19-2 (# or 10-1)
COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)
QSV47HV3623 S / U 19-3 (Unable to Close)
CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
QSV47HV3625 NOTE: Handswitch is disabled.
S / U 20-1 (# or 9-1) 1B CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)
QSV49F002B S / U  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                                   Page 6 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.
ELEMENTS:                               STANDARDS:                                         (CIRCLE) 20-2 (# or 10-3)               COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)                       S / U QSV47HV3627 20-3 (# or 10-4)               CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)                         S / U QSV49HV3629 STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
Page 6 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 20-2 (# or 10-3)
COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
QSV47HV3627 S / U 20-3 (# or 10-4)
CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)
QSV49HV3629 S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1.     FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0
: 1.
: 2.     K/As: 013A4.01       RO-4.5         SRO-4.8 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0
: 2.
K/As: 013A4.01 RO-4.5 SRO-4.8 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT                                             Evaluation 1       NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
ELEMENT Evaluation 1
2       NOT Critical: Action will be unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.
NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
3       NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
2 NOT Critical: Action will be unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.
4       Critical: Task completion:
3 NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
4 Critical: Task completion:
A TRAIN: 2 fans must be started and 22 valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation. OR for B Train: 2 fans must be started and 3 valves/dampers manually closed which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation. Only one set of valves/fans on each train is critical.
A TRAIN: 2 fans must be started and 22 valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation. OR for B Train: 2 fans must be started and 3 valves/dampers manually closed which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation. Only one set of valves/fans on each train is critical.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
NONE
NONE


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                                   Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.
Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection has occurred.
: a. A safety injection has occurred.
: b. EEP-0 is in progress.
: b. EEP-0 is in progress.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to perform Attachment 2 Automatic Actions Verification, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.
Your task is to perform Attachment 2 Automatic Actions Verification, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                                   Page 1 of 6
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
: c. Simulator JPM CRO-333C TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-219 ALTERNATE PATH         X     TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___
Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: c. Simulator JPM CRO-333C TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-219 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA ___
JPM DIRECTIONS:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
Line 225: Line 342:
* Perform required actions to establish Cold and Hot Leg Recirculation.
* Perform required actions to establish Cold and Hot Leg Recirculation.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                                  Aaron Forsha                Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                                 Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
: a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
: b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
: b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
Line 237: Line 355:
Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                               STANDARDS:                                     (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1.     (step 1.1)                       Handswitches for MOV8888A & B are taken to    S / U Verify A(B) RHR HX TO             CLOSE.
: 1.
RCS COLD LEGS ISO                 Observes red lights out and green lights lit.
(step 1.1)
MOV8888A and 8888B closed.
Verify A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS ISO MOV8888A and 8888B closed.
: 2.     (step 1.1)                       Handswitches for MOV8887A & B are taken to     S / U Open RHR TO RCS HOT              OPEN. Observes green lights out and red lights LEGS XCON MOV8887A                lit.
Handswitches for MOV8888A & B are taken to CLOSE.
and 8887B.
Observes red lights out and green lights lit.
: 3.   (step 1.1)                       Handswitch for MOV8889 taken to OPEN.         S / U Open RHR TO RCS HOT              (MOV8889 will not open)
S / U
LEGS ISO MOV8889.                Observes green light lit.
: 2.
NOTE: Either 8887A or 8887B closed will satisfy the critical task
(step 1.1)
*4.   (step 1 RNO)                     Handswitches for MOV8887A & B are taken to     S / U Close RHR TO RCS HOT              CLOSE.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON MOV8887A and 8887B.
LEGS XCON MOV8887A                Observes red lights out and green lights lit.
Handswitches for MOV8887A & B are taken to OPEN. Observes green lights out and red lights lit.
and 8887B
S / U
: 5.   (step 1 RNO)                     Light for MOV8889 checked.                     S / U Verify closed RHR TO RCS          Observes green light lit.
: 3.
HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889
(step 1.1)
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889.
Handswitch for MOV8889 taken to OPEN.
(MOV8889 will not open)
Observes green light lit.
S / U NOTE: Either 8887A or 8887B closed will satisfy the critical task  
*4.
(step 1 RNO)
Close RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON MOV8887A and 8887B Handswitches for MOV8887A & B are taken to CLOSE.
Observes red lights out and green lights lit.
S / U
: 5.
(step 1 RNO)
Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889 Light for MOV8889 checked.
Observes green light lit.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                                 Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
ELEMENTS:                             STANDARDS:                                         (CIRCLE)
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
NOTE: Either 8888A or 8888B Open will satisfy the critical task
ELEMENTS:
*6.   (step 1 RNO)                   Handswitches for MOV8888A & B are taken to        S / U Open A(B) RHR HX TO RCS OPEN.
STANDARDS:
COLD LEGS ISO                  Observes green lights out and red lights lit.
(CIRCLE)
MOV8888A and 8888B.
NOTE: Either 8888A or 8888B Open will satisfy the critical task  
NOTE: Either elements 7-12 OR 13-16 will satisfy the critical task.
*6.
*7.   (step 2.1)                     Handswitch for 1A Chg Pump taken to OFF.           S / U Stop 1A Chg Pump.              Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.
(step 1 RNO)
NOTE: Step 2.2 will be evaluated by the student as N/A.
Open A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS ISO MOV8888A and 8888B.
*8.   (step 2.3)                     Handswitches for HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves         S / U Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO       MOV8803A & B taken to CLOSE.
Handswitches for MOV8888A & B are taken to OPEN.
valves MOV8803A and B          Observes green lights lit.
Observes green lights out and red lights lit.
*9.   (step 2.4)                     Handswitch for MOV8886 taken to OPEN.             S / U Open CHG PUMP RECIRC            Observes green light out and red light lit.
S / U NOTE: Either elements 7-12 OR 13-16 will satisfy the critical task.  
TO HOT LEGS valve MOV8886.
*7.
*12. (step 2.5)                     Handswitch for 1A or 1B Chg Pump taken to         S / U Start either 1A or 1B Chg      START.
(step 2.1)
Pump.                          Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.
Stop 1A Chg Pump.
*13. (step 3.1)                     Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to OFF.           S / U Stop 1C Chg Pump                Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.
Handswitch for 1A Chg Pump taken to OFF.
*14. (step 3.2)                     Handswitch for MOV8885 taken to CLOSE.             S / U Close CHG PUMP RECIRC          Observes green light lit.
Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.
TO RCS COLD LEGS valve MOV8885
S / U NOTE: Step 2.2 will be evaluated by the student as N/A.  
*15   (step 3.3)                     Handswitch for MOV8884 taken to OPEN.             S / U Open CHG PUMP RECIRC            Observes red light lit.
*8.
TO RCS HOT LEGS valve MOV8884
(step 2.3)
*16. (step 3.4)                     Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to START.         S / U Start 1C Chg Pump              Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.
Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves MOV8803A and B Handswitches for HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves MOV8803A & B taken to CLOSE.
Observes green lights lit.
S / U
*9.
(step 2.4)
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT LEGS valve MOV8886.
Handswitch for MOV8886 taken to OPEN.
Observes green light out and red light lit.
S / U
*12.
(step 2.5)
Start either 1A or 1B Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1A or 1B Chg Pump taken to START.
Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.
S / U
*13.
(step 3.1)
Stop 1C Chg Pump Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to OFF.
Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.
S / U
*14.
(step 3.2)
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD LEGS valve MOV8885 Handswitch for MOV8885 taken to CLOSE.
Observes green light lit.
S / U
*15 (step 3.3)
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve MOV8884 Handswitch for MOV8884 taken to OPEN.
Observes red light lit.
S / U
*16.
(step 3.4)
Start 1C Chg Pump Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to START.
Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                           Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
ELEMENTS:                             STANDARDS:                                   (CIRCLE)
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: 17. (step 4)                       Alignment checked for proper LHSI and HHSI  S / U Check at least one train of     line-up.
ELEMENTS:
LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.
STANDARDS:
: 18. (step 5)                       Flow checked on FI-943, 940, HHSI Flow A (B) S / U Verify SI flow stable          train recirc flow and FI-605A/605B RHR HDR flow.
(CIRCLE)
STOP TIME Terminate JPM after SI flow verified stable.
: 17.
(step 4)
Check at least one train of LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.
Alignment checked for proper LHSI and HHSI line-up.
S / U
: 18.
(step 5)
Verify SI flow stable Flow checked on FI-943, 940, HHSI Flow A (B) train recirc flow and FI-605A/605B RHR HDR flow.
S / U STOP TIME Terminate JPM after SI flow verified stable.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  
Line 286: Line 462:
==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP ESP-1.4, Rev. 16.0
: 1. FNP ESP-1.4, Rev. 16.0
: 2. K/A: 006A4.07       RO-4.4           SRO-4.4 011EA1.11     RO-4.2           SRO-4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2. K/A: 006A4.07 RO-4.4 SRO-4.4 011EA1.11 RO-4.2 SRO-4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None
None  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                               Page 5 of 6 Critical ELEMENT justification:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
ELEMENT                                       Evaluation 1-3   NON Critical: System alignment and discovery of failed component MOV8889. The alignment of these components will not affect examinees ability to establish Low Head Cold leg Recirculation.
Page 5 of 6 Critical ELEMENT justification:
4   CRITICAL: Closing one MOV-8887A OR B is required for train separation.
ELEMENT Evaluation 1-3 NON Critical: System alignment and discovery of failed component MOV8889. The alignment of these components will not affect examinees ability to establish Low Head Cold leg Recirculation.
5   NON Critical: MOV8889 is failed closed.
4 CRITICAL: Closing one MOV-8887A OR B is required for train separation.
6   CRITICAL: Re-opening MOV8888A OR MOV8888B will establish low head cold leg recirculation.
5 NON Critical: MOV8889 is failed closed.
7-12   CRITICAL: Elements 7-12 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.
6 CRITICAL: Re-opening MOV8888A OR MOV8888B will establish low head cold leg recirculation.
13-16   CRITICAL: Elements 13-16 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.
7-12 CRITICAL: Elements 7-12 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.
17   NON Critical: Verification step only no action taken 18   NON Critical: Indication verification step only no action taken COMMENTS:
13-16 CRITICAL: Elements 13-16 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.
17 NON Critical: Verification step only no action taken 18 NON Critical: Indication verification step only no action taken COMMENTS:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                                 Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
: a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
: b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
: b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
Line 304: Line 482:
: d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
: d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                   Page 1 of 6
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.
: d. Simulator JPM CRO-043A with high vibrations TITLE: Start the 1C RCP EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-220 ALTERNATE PATH         X     TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___
Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: d. Simulator JPM CRO-043A with high vibrations TITLE: Start the 1C RCP EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-220 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA ___
JPM DIRECTIONS:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre-job brief.
: 1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre-job brief.
Line 318: Line 497:
* Trip the 1C RCP.
* Trip the 1C RCP.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                                Aaron Forsha                  Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                       Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at ~ 360 &deg;F.
: a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at ~ 360 &deg;F.
: b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
: b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
Line 333: Line 513:
INITIATING CUE, You may begin.
INITIATING CUE, You may begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                 STANDARDS:                                         (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
START TIME
STANDARDS:
*1. (step 4.3.11)                         Handswitch for oil lift pump for 1C RCP taken       S / U Start the 1C RCP oil lift pump.            to START. Observes the red indicating light comes on.
(CIRCLE)
: 2. (step 4.3.12)                         Handswitch indication for HV-8141C checked.         S / U Verify 1C RCP SEAL LEAKOFF                Observes valve position indicator red light is lit.
START TIME  
VALVE Q1E21HV-8141C is open.
*1. (step 4.3.11)
: 3. (step 4.3.13)                           Seal leakoff flow rate determined on PI-154A to     S / U Verify 1C RCP No. 1 seal leakoff          be ~ 375 psig and FI-154A blue pen reads ~ 0.5 flow rate is within the limits of          gpm.
Start the 1C RCP oil lift pump.
Figure-1                                  Evaluates Figure-1 conditions SAT.
Handswitch for oil lift pump for 1C RCP taken to START. Observes the red indicating light comes on.
: 4. (step 4.3.14/15)                       Checks DC4 & DD1.                                  S / U Verify that DC4, SEAL WTR INJ             Observes the annunciators are not lit.
S / U
FLTR HI D/P and DD1, RCP SEAL INJ FLOW LO are clear.
: 2. (step 4.3.12)
: 5. (step 4.3.16)                           PI-156A, 155A, and 154A indication observed to      S / U Verify all RCP No. 1 seal DPs are         be greater than 210 psid.
Verify 1C RCP SEAL LEAKOFF VALVE Q1E21HV-8141C is open.
greater than 210 psid.
Handswitch indication for HV-8141C checked.
Observes valve position indicator red light is lit.
S / U
: 3. (step 4.3.13)
Verify 1C RCP No. 1 seal leakoff flow rate is within the limits of Figure-1 Seal leakoff flow rate determined on PI-154A to be ~ 375 psig and FI-154A blue pen reads ~ 0.5 gpm.
Evaluates Figure-1 conditions SAT.
S / U
: 4. (step 4.3.14/15)
Verify that DC4, SEAL WTR INJ FLTR HI D/P and DD1, RCP SEAL INJ FLOW LO are clear.
Checks DC4 & DD1.
Observes the annunciators are not lit.
S / U
: 5. (step 4.3.16)
Verify all RCP No. 1 seal DPs are greater than 210 psid.
PI-156A, 155A, and 154A indication observed to be greater than 210 psid.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                   Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.
ELEMENTS:                               STANDARDS:                                         (CIRCLE)
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: 6. (step 4.3.17)                       Checks DC3 and Observes the annunciator is        S / U Verify that DC3, RCP #1 SEAL LO         not lit.
ELEMENTS:
D/P is clear.
STANDARDS:
: 7. (step 4.3.18)                       Verifies at least two minutes has elapsed.         S / U Verify oil lift pump for 1C RCP has    Observes the white indicating light is on above been running for at least two minutes  the 1C RCP oil lift pump handswitch.
(CIRCLE)
and is producing adequate pressure.
: 6. (step 4.3.17)
NOTE: High Vibration alarm will come in when Flow reaches 100%
Verify that DC3, RCP #1 SEAL LO D/P is clear.
*8. (step 4.3.19)                       Pump handswitch placed to start with red           S / U Start 1C RCP.                          handswitch indication. Observes FI-434/435/436 for increasing flow rate, then the flow indicators stabilize at ~ 115 %.
Checks DC3 and Observes the annunciator is not lit.
: 9. (step 4.3.20)                       1C RCP AMPMETER checked to indicate ~ 840         S / U Verify 1C RCP amperage decreases        amps.
S / U
to normal operating range
: 7. (step 4.3.18)
: 10. (step 4.3.21)                       Checks and Observes the annunciator is not lit. S / U Verify EF3, 1C RCS LOOP FLOW LO or C RCP BKR OPEN annunciator is clear.
Verify oil lift pump for 1C RCP has been running for at least two minutes and is producing adequate pressure.
NOTE: Applicant may not have enough time to stop RCP oil lift pump if HIGH Vibration alarms come in before 1 minute elapsed. Leaving this pump running has no detrimental effect.
Verifies at least two minutes has elapsed.
: 11. (step 4.3.22)                       1C RCP Oil Lift Pump handswitch taken to stop. S / U Stop the oil lift pump for 1C RCP      Observes the pump breaker indicator green light after at least one minute of operation. lit.
Observes the white indicating light is on above the 1C RCP oil lift pump handswitch.
: 12. Responds to annunciator HH4,       Acknowledges annunciator(s) AND references         S / U RCP VIB TRBL                            ARP for HH4
S / U NOTE: High Vibration alarm will come in when Flow reaches 100%  
: 13. (step 1 of HH4)                     Observes RCS flow, subcooling, and RCP             S / U Monitor RCS flow, subcooling           current and determines NPSH is adequate.
*8. (step 4.3.19)
conditions and RCP run current to determine if low NPSH conditions exist.
Start 1C RCP.
: 14. (step 2 of HH4)                     Observes Seal injection flows and trends and      S / U Monitor seal injection flow to insure   determines no problems.
Pump handswitch placed to start with red handswitch indication. Observes FI-434/435/436 for increasing flow rate, then the flow indicators stabilize at ~ 115 %.
a seal problem is not causing the increased vibration.
S / U
: 9. (step 4.3.20)
Verify 1C RCP amperage decreases to normal operating range 1C RCP AMPMETER checked to indicate ~ 840 amps.
S / U
: 10. (step 4.3.21)
Verify EF3, 1C RCS LOOP FLOW LO or C RCP BKR OPEN annunciator is clear.
Checks and Observes the annunciator is not lit.
S / U NOTE: Applicant may not have enough time to stop RCP oil lift pump if HIGH Vibration alarms come in before 1 minute elapsed. Leaving this pump running has no detrimental effect.
: 11. (step 4.3.22)
Stop the oil lift pump for 1C RCP after at least one minute of operation.
1C RCP Oil Lift Pump handswitch taken to stop.
Observes the pump breaker indicator green light lit.
S / U
: 12. Responds to annunciator HH4, RCP VIB TRBL Acknowledges annunciator(s) AND references ARP for HH4 S / U
: 13. (step 1 of HH4)
Monitor RCS flow, subcooling conditions and RCP run current to determine if low NPSH conditions exist.
Observes RCS flow, subcooling, and RCP current and determines NPSH is adequate.
S / U
: 14. (step 2 of HH4)
Monitor seal injection flow to insure a seal problem is not causing the increased vibration.
Observes Seal injection flows and trends and determines no problems.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                   Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.
ELEMENTS:                               STANDARDS:                                       (CIRCLE)
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: 15. (step 3 of HH4)                     On plant computer observes RCP bearing           S / U Monitor RCP bearing temperatures.        temperatures.
ELEMENTS:
CUE: After dispatched provide the following report. 1C RCP shaft vibration is reading 21 MILS and slowly increasing, frame vibration is reading 3.5 MILS and slowly increasing.
STANDARDS:
: 16. (step 4 of HH4)                     Dispatches SSS or Radside to investigate        S / U Dispatch appropriate personnel to the vibration readings.
(CIRCLE)
139' EPR to observe vibration monitoring equipment to determine affected pump, vibration level, and rate of increase.
: 15. (step 3 of HH4)
: 17. (step 5 of HH4)                     Notifies SSS or Shift Supervisor to make        S / U IF Westinghouse has not been             appropriate notifications.
Monitor RCP bearing temperatures.
previously notified of an abnormal vibration on a RCP, THEN notify Westinghouse of the RCP vibration.
On plant computer observes RCP bearing temperatures.
S / U CUE: After dispatched provide the following report. 1C RCP shaft vibration is reading 21 MILS and slowly increasing, frame vibration is reading 3.5 MILS and slowly increasing.
: 16. (step 4 of HH4)
Dispatch appropriate personnel to the 139' EPR to observe vibration monitoring equipment to determine affected pump, vibration level, and rate of increase.
Dispatches SSS or Radside to investigate vibration readings.
S / U
: 17. (step 5 of HH4)
IF Westinghouse has not been previously notified of an abnormal vibration on a RCP, THEN notify Westinghouse of the RCP vibration.
(Ref. Westinghouse Infogram IG95008A)
(Ref. Westinghouse Infogram IG95008A)
*18. (step 6 of HH4)                     Recognize conditions exceed RCP trip criteria    S / U IF shaft vibration is 15 MILS AND       and secures 1C RCP the rate of increase in vibration       Observes the pump breaker indicator green light exceeds 1 MIL per hour OR shaft         lit and amps decrease to zero.
Notifies SSS or Shift Supervisor to make appropriate notifications.
vibration under any conditions exceeds 20 MILS, THEN perform the following:
S / U
*18. (step 6 of HH4)
IF shaft vibration is 15 MILS AND the rate of increase in vibration exceeds 1 MIL per hour OR shaft vibration under any conditions exceeds 20 MILS, THEN perform the following:
* Stop the affected RCP.
* Stop the affected RCP.
STOP TIME Terminate when 1C RCP is secured.
Recognize conditions exceed RCP trip criteria and secures 1C RCP Observes the pump breaker indicator green light lit and amps decrease to zero.
S / U STOP TIME Terminate when 1C RCP is secured.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  
Line 385: Line 611:
: 3. FNP-1/2-SOP-2.1; Reference only, no steps or actions contained in the SOP.
: 3. FNP-1/2-SOP-2.1; Reference only, no steps or actions contained in the SOP.
: 4. FNP-1-ARP-1.8, Version 35.2
: 4. FNP-1-ARP-1.8, Version 35.2
: 5. K/As: 003A1.01           RO-2.9         SRO-2.9 003A2.02       RO-3.7         SRO-3.9
: 5. K/As: 003A1.01 RO-2.9 SRO-2.9 003A2.02 RO-3.7 SRO-3.9  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                   Page 5 of 6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT                                     Evaluation 1   Critical: Task completion: required to start the 1C RCP oil lift pump for successful completion of the task. In the plant if this is not done then the RCP amps will be higher than normal and a possible RCP trip could occur.
ELEMENT Evaluation 1
2   NOT Critical: Verifying components which are already in the required position.
Critical: Task completion: required to start the 1C RCP oil lift pump for successful completion of the task. In the plant if this is not done then the RCP amps will be higher than normal and a possible RCP trip could occur.
3-6   NOT Critical: Verifying flows are within limits and alarms are cleared prior to starting the RCP.
2 NOT Critical: Verifying components which are already in the required position.
7   NOT Critical: Verifying RCP oil lift pump white light is lit. This occurs w/i 2 minutes after the pump is started.
3-6 NOT Critical: Verifying flows are within limits and alarms are cleared prior to starting the RCP.
8   Critical: Task completion: This starts the 1C RCP which is the task at hand.
7 NOT Critical: Verifying RCP oil lift pump white light is lit. This occurs w/i 2 minutes after the pump is started.
9-10   NOT Critical: to check alarms are clear and amps decrease.
8 Critical: Task completion: This starts the 1C RCP which is the task at hand.
11   NOT Critical: stopping the oil lift pump is not critical in this situation since there are no adverse affects to not stopping the oil lift pump and it is more important to stop the running RCP with high vibrations.
9-10 NOT Critical: to check alarms are clear and amps decrease.
12   NOT Critical: Responding to the alarm is not critical as long as the correct actions are taken.
11 NOT Critical: stopping the oil lift pump is not critical in this situation since there are no adverse affects to not stopping the oil lift pump and it is more important to stop the running RCP with high vibrations.
13-15   NOT Critical: Plant conditions observed have no bearing on vibration condition 16   NOT Critical: Dispatching an operator to obtain information that provides the decision point to secure the RCP. Examine may choose to secure RCP before receiving this data.
12 NOT Critical: Responding to the alarm is not critical as long as the correct actions are taken.
17   NOT Critical: Notification step only 18   Critical: Secures RCP to prevent further damage.
13-15 NOT Critical: Plant conditions observed have no bearing on vibration condition 16 NOT Critical: Dispatching an operator to obtain information that provides the decision point to secure the RCP. Examine may choose to secure RCP before receiving this data.
COMMENTS:
17 NOT Critical: Notification step only 18 Critical: Secures RCP to prevent further damage.
COMMENTS:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                       Pg 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.
Pg 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at ~ 360 &deg;F.
: a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at ~ 360 &deg;F.
: b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
: b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
Line 409: Line 638:
: f. Steps 4.3.1 through 4.3.10 of FNP-1-SOP-1.1 have been completed.
: f. Steps 4.3.1 through 4.3.10 of FNP-1-SOP-1.1 have been completed.
: g. The pre-job brief that is required will be done in a briefing room and when the pre-job brief is concluded, you will start at step 4.3.11 to start the 1C RCP.
: g. The pre-job brief that is required will be done in a briefing room and when the pre-job brief is concluded, you will start at step 4.3.11 to start the 1C RCP.
Your task is to continue the startup of the 1C RCP per SOP-1.1, starting at Step 4.3.11.
Your task is to continue the startup of the 1C RCP per SOP-1.1, starting at Step 4.3.11.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                   Page 1 of 6
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.
: e. Simulator JPM CRO-239 TITLE: Align Service Water to the AFW System EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-221 ALTERNATE PATH             TIME CRITICAL             PRA __
Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: e. Simulator JPM CRO-239 TITLE: Align Service Water to the AFW System EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-221 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA __
JPM DIRECTIONS:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
Line 422: Line 652:
* Align service water to AFW pumps
* Align service water to AFW pumps
* Start 1A MDAFW pump Examinee:
* Start 1A MDAFW pump Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                                  Aaron Forsha                Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                     Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Just entered ESP-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
: a. Just entered ESP-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
: b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water.
: b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water.
Line 434: Line 665:
Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.
Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                     STANDARDS:                                   (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE: BOP keys are labeled for inventory purposes only, any key will fit any valve on BOP.
START TIME NOTE: BOP keys are labeled for inventory purposes only, any key will fit any valve on BOP.
: 1. (per Note)                               Keys obtained. NOTE: Keys for BOP valves S / U Obtain the keys for MOV-3209A          on Simulator are located outside the MCR, and MOV-3209B.                        going towards the BOP, in a key locker on the side of the chart rack.
: 1. (per Note)
: 2. (Step 4.7.1)                           Shift Chemist is called and informed that SW  S / U Notify Shift Chemist that SW will      will be supplied to the steam generators.
Obtain the keys for MOV-3209A and MOV-3209B.
be added to the steam generators.     (CUE from Booth operator: The Shift Chemist acknowledges.)
Keys obtained. NOTE: Keys for BOP valves on Simulator are located outside the MCR, going towards the BOP, in a key locker on the side of the chart rack.
: 3. (step 4.7.2)                           Service water system checked. Observes bus   S / U Verify the service water system is    power is available, the pump breakers are in operation.                          closed, and header pressure is >70psig.
S / U
  *4. (step 4.7.3)                           Key placed in switch for MOV-3209A and       S / U Open MOV-3209A.                        taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
: 2. (Step 4.7.1)
  *5. (step 4.7.3)                           Key placed in switch for MOV-3209B and       S / U Open MOV-3209B.                        taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
Notify Shift Chemist that SW will be added to the steam generators.
  *6. (step 4.7.4)                           Handswitch for MOV-3210A taken to open.       S / U Open service water to MDAFW            Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
Shift Chemist is called and informed that SW will be supplied to the steam generators.
pump 1A MOV-3210A.
(CUE from Booth operator: The Shift Chemist acknowledges.)
S / U
: 3. (step 4.7.2)
Verify the service water system is in operation.
Service water system checked. Observes bus power is available, the pump breakers are closed, and header pressure is >70psig.
S / U
*4. (step 4.7.3)
Open MOV-3209A.
Key placed in switch for MOV-3209A and taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
S / U
*5. (step 4.7.3)
Open MOV-3209B.
Key placed in switch for MOV-3209B and taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
S / U
*6. (step 4.7.4)
Open service water to MDAFW pump 1A MOV-3210A.
Handswitch for MOV-3210A taken to open.
Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                       Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.
ELEMENTS:                                 STANDARDS:                                         (CIRCLE)
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
  *7. (step 4.7.4)                         Handswitch for MOV-3210B taken to open.           S / U Open service water to MDAFW        Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
ELEMENTS:
pump 1B MOV-3210B.
STANDARDS:
  *8. (step 4.7.4)                       Handswitch for MOV-3216 taken to open.             S / U Open service water to TDAFW        Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
(CIRCLE)  
pump MOV-3216.
*7. (step 4.7.4)
: 9. (step 4.7.4.1)                     Determines this is NOT necessary                  S / U IF necessary to align TDAFWP suction from B Train service water, THEN perform the following:
Open service water to MDAFW pump 1B MOV-3210B.
: 10. (step 4.7.5)                         Operator goes to section 4.1 of SOP-22 for        S / U IF required, THEN place AFW         MDAFW pump start-up system in operation per Section 4.1 or 4.3 of this SOP.
Handswitch for MOV-3210B taken to open.
: 11. (step 4.1.1)                         Operator checks JK1 and JK2 not in alarm.          S / U Verify 1A or 1B MDAFWP SUCT         Observes JK1 and JK2 white lights not lit.
Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
PRESS LO annunciator clear for the MDAFWP to be started.
S / U
* 8. (step 4.7.4)
Open service water to TDAFW pump MOV-3216.
Handswitch for MOV-3216 taken to open.
Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
S / U
: 9. (step 4.7.4.1)
IF necessary to align TDAFWP suction from B Train service water, THEN perform the following:
Determines this is NOT necessary S / U
: 10. (step 4.7.5)
IF required, THEN place AFW system in operation per Section 4.1 or 4.3 of this SOP.
Operator goes to section 4.1 of SOP-22 for MDAFW pump start-up S / U
: 11. (step 4.1.1)
Verify 1A or 1B MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO annunciator clear for the MDAFWP to be started.
* JK1, 1A MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO clear.
* JK1, 1A MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO clear.
* JK2, 1B MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO clear.
* JK2, 1B MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO clear.
NOTE: Depending on plant conditions, an AFW Auto-Start signal may be present. Use of the MCB placard (Figure 3 of SOP-22) will be required to reset this signal. The student may elect to take all three handswitches to RESET per the guidance below. However, only MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN and/or MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET B TRN will be required to be taken to RESET if its associated handswitch WHITE light is lit. Taking the handswitch(es) to RESET will cause the associated WHITE light(s) to go out and allow 3227A/B/C to be closed in element 12.
Operator checks JK1 and JK2 not in alarm.
Observes JK1 and JK2 white lights not lit.
S / U NOTE: Depending on plant conditions, an AFW Auto-Start signal may be present. Use of the MCB placard (Figure 3 of SOP-22) will be required to reset this signal. The student may elect to take all three handswitches to RESET per the guidance below. However, only MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN and/or MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET B TRN will be required to be taken to RESET if its associated handswitch WHITE light is lit. Taking the handswitch(es) to RESET will cause the associated WHITE light(s) to go out and allow 3227A/B/C to be closed in element 12.
Placard on MCB:
Placard on MCB:
: 1. Momentarily place the following handswitches in RESET:
: 1. Momentarily place the following handswitches in RESET:
* MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN
MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET B TRN TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET  
* MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET B TRN
* TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                             Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.
ELEMENTS:                                       STANDARDS:                                           (CIRCLE)
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: 12. (step 4.1.2)                             Operator adjusts HIC 3227AA, BA and CA to            S / U Fully close MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B             0% demand.
ELEMENTS:
and 1C SG FLOW CONT HIC 3227AA, BA and CA (0%
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
: 12. (step 4.1.2)
Fully close MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B and 1C SG FLOW CONT HIC 3227AA, BA and CA (0%
demand).
demand).
: 13. (step 4.1.3)                             Operator checks 3227A, B, and C in MOD              S / U Verify in the MOD position:             position.
Operator adjusts HIC 3227AA, BA and CA to 0% demand.
* MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B and 1C SG Q1N23HV3227A, B and C Operator checks MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG
S / U
* MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG B                B TRN FCV3227 hand switch in MOD TRN FCV3227                            position
: 13. (step 4.1.3)
*14. (step 4.1.4)                             Operator rotates 1A/1B pump start switch to         S / U Verify that a startup transient is      start position and releases switch.
Verify in the MOD position:
indicated on the pump motor              Observes Red light lit, starting current on ammeter and that pump discharge          II3305A/B increases and discharge pressure pressure increases for the selected      on PI3213A/B rising MDAFWP to be started.
* MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B and 1C SG Q1N23HV3227A, B and C
* Start 1A/1B MDAFWP Terminate JPM after one MDAFW Pump is running.
* MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG B TRN FCV3227 Operator checks 3227A, B, and C in MOD position.
Operator checks MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG B TRN FCV3227 hand switch in MOD position S / U
*14. (step 4.1.4)
Verify that a startup transient is indicated on the pump motor ammeter and that pump discharge pressure increases for the selected MDAFWP to be started.
* Start 1A/1B MDAFWP Operator rotates 1A/1B pump start switch to start position and releases switch.
Observes Red light lit, starting current on II3305A/B increases and discharge pressure on PI3213A/B rising S / U Terminate JPM after one MDAFW Pump is running.
STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1.       FNP-1-SOP-22.0, Version 68.4
: 1.
: 2.       FNP-1-ESP-1.2, Version 24
FNP-1-SOP-22.0, Version 68.4
: 3.       K/As: 061A1.05           RO-3.6         SRO-3.7 009EA1.11 RO-4.1                 SRO-4.1 009EA2.39 RO-4.3                 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2.
FNP-1-ESP-1.2, Version 24
: 3.
K/As: 061A1.05 RO-3.6 SRO-3.7 009EA1.11 RO-4.1 SRO-4.1 009EA2.39 RO-4.3 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT                                             Evaluation 1         NON Critical: Valves in element 4 and 5 are operated with these keys but getting the key is not critical.
ELEMENT Evaluation 1
2         NON Critical: Notification step only
NON Critical: Valves in element 4 and 5 are operated with these keys but getting the key is not critical.
2 NON Critical: Notification step only  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                         Page 5 of 6 3     NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 4-8   CRITICAL: Completes part of the assigned task by establishing the mechanical line up of Service Water the AFW pump suctions.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.
9     NON Critical: Evaluation step, even if evaluated incorrectly has no consequence.
Page 5 of 6 3
10     NON Critical: Procedure flow path step, directing operator to next section.
NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 4-8 CRITICAL: Completes part of the assigned task by establishing the mechanical line up of Service Water the AFW pump suctions.
11     NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 12     NON Critical: Valves will already be nearly closed and failure to fully close them would have no adverse effects on the plant.
9 NON Critical: Evaluation step, even if evaluated incorrectly has no consequence.
13     NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 14     CRITICAL: Starting one MDAFW pump is part of the assigned task and therefore critical. Observing proper starting indications is NOT Critical.
10 NON Critical: Procedure flow path step, directing operator to next section.
COMMENTS:
11 NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 12 NON Critical: Valves will already be nearly closed and failure to fully close them would have no adverse effects on the plant.
13 NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 14 CRITICAL: Starting one MDAFW pump is part of the assigned task and therefore critical. Observing proper starting indications is NOT Critical.
COMMENTS:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                 Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.
Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Just entered ESP-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
: a. Just entered ESP-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
: b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water.
: b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water.
Line 499: Line 778:
: d. The 1A / 1B MDAFW and TDAFW pumps were secured due to the onset of cavitation.
: d. The 1A / 1B MDAFW and TDAFW pumps were secured due to the onset of cavitation.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.
Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.                                                                   Page 1 of 4
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.
: f. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Two Train Verification Of ECCS Equipment EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         5 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-222 ALTERNATE PATH         X     TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___
Page 1 of 4 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/2/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: f. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Two Train Verification Of ECCS Equipment EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 5 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-222 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA ___
JPM DIRECTIONS:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
Line 513: Line 793:
* Perform an emergency shutdown of the diesel generator.
* Perform an emergency shutdown of the diesel generator.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                                Aaron Forsha                  Date: 2/2/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.                                                                 Page 2 of 4 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.
Page 2 of 4 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
: a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
Line 524: Line 805:
Your task is to complete Attachment 4 Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification, of EEP-0.
Your task is to complete Attachment 4 Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification, of EEP-0.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                               STANDARDS:                                     (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1.     (step 1.1)                       Check DF01 closed.                             S / U Check breaker DF01 closed.       Observes DF01 red light lit. White power available lights lit for F 4160V bus.
: 1.
: 2.   (step 1.2)                       Check DF02 closed.                             S / U Verify breaker DF02 closed.       Observes DF02 red light lit. White power available lights lit for K 4160V bus.
(step 1.1)
: 3.   (step 1.3)                       Check DG15 closed.                             S / U Check breaker DG15 closed.       Observes DG15 red light lit. White power available lights lit for G 4160V bus.
Check breaker DF01 closed.
: 4.   (step 1.4)                       Examinee may take breaker DG02 to reset then   S / U Verify breaker DG02 closed.      to close. The examinee should not attempt to reset the breaker.
Check DF01 closed.
Observes DF01 red light lit. White power available lights lit for F 4160V bus.
S / U
: 2.
(step 1.2)
Verify breaker DF02 closed.
Check DF02 closed.
Observes DF02 red light lit. White power available lights lit for K 4160V bus.
S / U
: 3.
(step 1.3)
Check breaker DG15 closed.
Check DG15 closed.
Observes DG15 red light lit. White power available lights lit for G 4160V bus.
S / U
: 4.
(step 1.4)
Verify breaker DG02 closed.
Examinee may take breaker DG02 to reset then to close. The examinee should not attempt to reset the breaker.
Observes DG02 green and amber lights lit.
Observes DG02 green and amber lights lit.
White power available lights not lit for L 4160V bus.
White power available lights not lit for L 4160V bus.
RNO 1.4 Secure 1B DG per attachment 1 (student may use posted procedure).
S / U RNO 1.4 Secure 1B DG per attachment 1 (student may use posted procedure).  
*5.   (step 1.1) Attachment 1           Train A and B SI reset pushbuttons depressed. S / U Verify SI is RESET.              Observes MLB-1 1-1 and MLB1 11-1 are not lit.
*5.
*6.   (step 1.2) Attachment 1           1B DG MODE SELECTOR SWITCH placed in           S / U Place the affected diesel        MODE 2 position.
(step 1.1) Attachment 1 Verify SI is RESET.
generator MODE SELECTOR Observes The MSS is in MODE 2.
Train A and B SI reset pushbuttons depressed.
SWITCH to MODE 2.
Observes MLB-1 1-1 and MLB1 11-1 are not lit.
*7.   (step 1.3) Attachment 1           1B diesel generator EMERG START RESET         S / U Depress the affected diesel      pushbutton depressed.
S / U
generator DIESEL EMERG            Observes the DG EMERG START light goes START RESET pushbutton.          out.
*6.
(step 1.2) Attachment 1 Place the affected diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 2.
1B DG MODE SELECTOR SWITCH placed in MODE 2 position.
Observes The MSS is in MODE 2.
S / U
*7.
(step 1.3) Attachment 1 Depress the affected diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
1B diesel generator EMERG START RESET pushbutton depressed.
Observes the DG EMERG START light goes out.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.                                                                         Page 3 of 4 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.
ELEMENTS:                                   STANDARDS:                                           (CIRCLE)
Page 3 of 4 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
Note: Failure to perform steps 1.5 (Element 9) and 1.6 (Element 10) immediately following step 1.4 (Element 8) may result in restart of the diesel generator when the low speed relay de-energizes.
ELEMENTS:
*8.     (step 1.4) Attachment 1             1B diesel generator STOP pushbutton depressed.       S / U Depress affected diesel            Observes DIESEL STOP light lit.
STANDARDS:
generator STOP pushbutton.
(CIRCLE)
*9.     (step 1.5) Attachment 1             1B diesel generator MODE SELECTOR                   S / U Place affected diesel generator     SWITCH placed to MODE 3.
Note: Failure to perform steps 1.5 (Element 9) and 1.6 (Element 10) immediately following step 1.4 (Element 8) may result in restart of the diesel generator when the low speed relay de-energizes.  
MODE SELECTOR                      Observes The MSS is in MODE 3. EPB SWITCH to MODE 3.                  annunciator VB1 alarms.
*8.
: 10.     (step 1.6) Attachment 1             1B diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START               S / U Depress the affected diesel        RESET button is depressed.
(step 1.4) Attachment 1 Depress affected diesel generator STOP pushbutton.
generator DIESEL EMERG              Observes DG EMERG START light remains START RESET pushbutton.            off.
1B diesel generator STOP pushbutton depressed.
STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
Observes DIESEL STOP light lit.
S / U
*9.
(step 1.5) Attachment 1 Place affected diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 3.
1B diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH placed to MODE 3.
Observes The MSS is in MODE 3. EPB annunciator VB1 alarms.
S / U
: 10.
(step 1.6) Attachment 1 Depress the affected diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
1B diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET button is depressed.
Observes DG EMERG START light remains off.
S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
CUE: Another operator will complete the remainder of Attachment 4.
CUE: Another operator will complete the remainder of Attachment 4.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Line 556: Line 877:
==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0
: 1. FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0
: 2. K/As: 064A4.06             RO-3.9         SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2. K/As: 064A4.06 RO-3.9 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT                                             Evaluation 1-4       NON Critical: Elements have no consequential actions performed. Checking positions of breakers.
ELEMENT Evaluation 1-4 NON Critical: Elements have no consequential actions performed. Checking positions of breakers.
5         CRITICAL: Allows the Emergency Start Signal to clear to allow shutdown of DG.
5 CRITICAL: Allows the Emergency Start Signal to clear to allow shutdown of DG.
6         CRITICAL: Position allows for DG to be shutdown from EPB.
6 CRITICAL: Position allows for DG to be shutdown from EPB.
7         CRITICAL: Resets the Emergency Restart signal allowing the DG to be shutdown.
7 CRITICAL: Resets the Emergency Restart signal allowing the DG to be shutdown.
8         CRITICAL: Shuts DG down.
8 CRITICAL: Shuts DG down.
9         CRITICAL: Prevents any AUTO starts from restarting the DG.
9 CRITICAL: Prevents any AUTO starts from restarting the DG.
10         NON Critical: Clears any Emergency Start signals present. While in Mode 3 these signals have no effect on the diesel.
10 NON Critical: Clears any Emergency Start signals present. While in Mode 3 these signals have no effect on the diesel.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.                                                               Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.
Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
: a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
: b. Unit 2 service water to the 1B Diesel Generator is tagged closed.
: b. Unit 2 service water to the 1B Diesel Generator is tagged closed.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to complete Attachment 4 Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification, of EEP-0.
Your task is to complete Attachment 4 Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification, of EEP-0.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                                                   Page 1 of 6
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.
: g. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Lower The Refueling Cavity Level Using The Residual Heat Removal System EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-241 ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___
Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/14/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: g. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Lower The Refueling Cavity Level Using The Residual Heat Removal System EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-241 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA ___
JPM DIRECTIONS:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre-job brief.
: 1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre-job brief.
Line 584: Line 907:
* Operate the RHR system to lower cavity level.
* Operate the RHR system to lower cavity level.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                                Aaron Forsha                  Date: 2/14/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                 Page 2 of 6 SIMULATOR SETUP Reset into IC-243 Danger tag the following:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.
o RCP hand switches o PZR heater control switches o 8809 MOVs o 8811 MOVs o 8812 MOVs o RMW pump Trend LT-2965B on the OATC IPC Computer Place working radios in booth and on OATC desk.
Page 2 of 6 SIMULATOR SETUP Reset into IC-243 Danger tag the following:
o RCP hand switches o PZR heater control switches o 8809 MOVs o 8811 MOVs o 8812 MOVs o RMW pump Trend LT-2965B on the OATC IPC Computer Place working radios in booth and on OATC desk.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                                                     Page 3 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.
Page 3 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
: a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
: b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
: b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
Line 597: Line 922:
: d. The Cavity underwater lights are de-energized.
: d. The Cavity underwater lights are de-energized.
: e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT.
: e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT.
: f.   "B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned.
: f.  
: g.   "A" Train RHR is operable and secured.
"B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned.
: g. "A" Train RHR is operable and secured.
: h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR.
: h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR.
: i. The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7.
: i.
: j. A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics.
The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7.
: j.
A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics.
Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0 on IPC LT-2965B per SOP-7.0, Step 4.11.2.
Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0 on IPC LT-2965B per SOP-7.0, Step 4.11.2.
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                 STANDARDS:                                       (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
START TIME
STANDARDS:
*1.     (step 4.11.2.2)                   Handswitch for MOV-8887B taken to close.         S / U Close RHR to RCS hot legs          Observes GREEN light is lit.
(CIRCLE)
X-connect MOV-8887B
START TIME  
*2.     (step 4.11.2.3)                   Handswitch for MOV-8888A taken to close.         S / U Close 1A RHR Hx to RCS            Observes GREEN light is lit.
*1.
cold leg iso MOV-8888A
(step 4.11.2.2)
: 3.     (step 4.11.2.4)                   MOV-8701A & 8701B position indication             S / U Verify open RCS loop suction      checked. Observes RED lights are lit.
Close RHR to RCS hot legs X-connect MOV-8887B Handswitch for MOV-8887B taken to close.
MOV-8701A & 8701B
Observes GREEN light is lit.
: 4.     (step 4.11.2.5)                   MOV-8889 position indication checked.             S / U Verify closed RHR to hot leg      Observes GREEN light is lit.
S / U
iso MOV-8889
*2.
: 5.     (step 4.11.2.6)                   SO directed to locally verify flow.               S / U Verify pump seal cooler flow      (CUE from Booth operator: SO reports CCW
(step 4.11.2.3)
        >5.5 gpm for 1A RHR pump          seal flow is 7 gpm.)
Close 1A RHR Hx to RCS cold leg iso MOV-8888A Handswitch for MOV-8888A taken to close.
Observes GREEN light is lit.
S / U
: 3.
(step 4.11.2.4)
Verify open RCS loop suction MOV-8701A & 8701B MOV-8701A & 8701B position indication checked. Observes RED lights are lit.
S / U
: 4.
(step 4.11.2.5)
Verify closed RHR to hot leg iso MOV-8889 MOV-8889 position indication checked.
Observes GREEN light is lit.
S / U
: 5.
(step 4.11.2.6)
Verify pump seal cooler flow
>5.5 gpm for 1A RHR pump SO directed to locally verify flow.
(CUE from Booth operator: SO reports CCW seal flow is 7 gpm.)
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                                           Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.
ELEMENTS:                             STANDARDS:                                   (CIRCLE)
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
*6.   (step 4.11.2.7)               1A RHR pump handswitch taken to start.       S / U Start the 1A RHR pump          Observes the RED light lit, and ~25 amps indicated.
ELEMENTS:
: 7.     (step 4.11.2.8)               MOV-602A indicates open.                     S / U Verify open 1A RHR            Observes RED light is lit.
STANDARDS:
miniflow MOV-602A NOTE: FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE REMAINING STEPS, OPERATORS ARE ON STATION AT THE REFUELING CAVITY AND AT V-8881 AVAILABLE BY GAITRONICS.
(CIRCLE)  
*8.   (step 4.11.2.9)               SO directed to throttle open V-8881 and     S / U While monitoring the RWST      commence lowering level.
*6.
and cavity levels, unlock and  (CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 throttle open V-8881 to        throttled open.)
(step 4.11.2.7)
control cavity drain rate
Start the 1A RHR pump 1A RHR pump handswitch taken to start.
: 9.     (step 4.11.3)                 Monitors level for desired condition.        S / U Lower Refueling Cavity level   Observes IPC level indication lowering.
Observes the RED light lit, and ~25 amps indicated.
to obtain one of the following conditions:
S / U
: 7.
(step 4.11.2.8)
Verify open 1A RHR miniflow MOV-602A MOV-602A indicates open.
Observes RED light is lit.
S / U NOTE: FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE REMAINING STEPS, OPERATORS ARE ON STATION AT THE REFUELING CAVITY AND AT V-8881 AVAILABLE BY GAITRONICS.  
*8.
(step 4.11.2.9)
While monitoring the RWST and cavity levels, unlock and throttle open V-8881 to control cavity drain rate SO directed to throttle open V-8881 and commence lowering level.
(CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 throttled open.)
S / U
: 9.
(step 4.11.3)
Lower Refueling Cavity level to obtain one of the following conditions:
* approximately 6 inches below the reactor vessel flange (draining to install removed components)
* approximately 6 inches below the reactor vessel flange (draining to install removed components)
* desired level
* desired level Monitors level for desired condition.
*10.   (step 4.11.3.1) WHEN desired 1A RHR pump handswitch taken to stop.          S / U level obtained, THEN Stop     Observes the GREEN light is lit and amps 1A(1B) RHR PUMP started in decrease to 0.
Observes IPC level indication lowering.
step 4.11.2.7.
S / U
: 11.   (step 4.11.3.2)               SO directed to close and lock V-8881.       S / U Close and lock V-8881          (CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 closed and locked.)
*10. (step 4.11.3.1) WHEN desired level obtained, THEN Stop 1A(1B) RHR PUMP started in step 4.11.2.7.
STOP TIME Terminate when RHR pump secured.
1A RHR pump handswitch taken to stop.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Observes the GREEN light is lit and amps decrease to 0.
S / U
: 11.
(step 4.11.3.2)
Close and lock V-8881 SO directed to close and lock V-8881.
(CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 closed and locked.)
S / U STOP TIME Terminate when RHR pump secured.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                                               Page 5 of 6 GENERAL  
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-1-SOP-7.0, Version 100.1
: 1. FNP-1-SOP-7.0, Version 100.1
: 2. K/A: 034A1.02         RO-2.9         SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2. K/A: 034A1.02 RO-2.9 SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT                                       Evaluation 1     CRITICAL: Provides separation between operating train and train being used for draining.
ELEMENT Evaluation 1
2     CRITICAL: Isolates flow path to RCS 3     NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
CRITICAL: Provides separation between operating train and train being used for draining.
4     NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
2 CRITICAL: Isolates flow path to RCS 3
5     NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
6     CRITICAL: Starting pump provides pressure to move water to RWST.
4 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
7     NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
5 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
8     CRITICAL: Initiates flow to RWST draining cavity level.
6 CRITICAL: Starting pump provides pressure to move water to RWST.
9     NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
7 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
10     CRITICAL: Stopping pump secures lowering of cavity level prior to level reaching 149.5.
8 CRITICAL: Initiates flow to RWST draining cavity level.
11     NON Critical: Stopping the RHR pump will stop the cavity from lowering.
9 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
10 CRITICAL: Stopping pump secures lowering of cavity level prior to level reaching 149.5.
11 NON Critical: Stopping the RHR pump will stop the cavity from lowering.
The RWST is at a higher level than the refueling cavity and the configuration is such that siphoning will not occur.
The RWST is at a higher level than the refueling cavity and the configuration is such that siphoning will not occur.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                                                     Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.
Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
: a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
: b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
: b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
Line 661: Line 1,030:
: d. The Cavity underwater lights are de-energized.
: d. The Cavity underwater lights are de-energized.
: e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT.
: e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT.
: f. "B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned.
: f.  
: g. "A" Train RHR is operable and secured.
"B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned.
: g. "A" Train RHR is operable and secured.
: h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR.
: h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR.
: i. The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7.
: i.
: j. A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics.
The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7.
Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0 on IPC LT-2965B per SOP-7.0, Step 4.11.2.
: j.
A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics.
Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0 on IPC LT-2965B per SOP-7.0, Step 4.11.2.  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                   Page 1 of 7
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.
: h. Simulator JPM CRO-395D TITLE: OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12 EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:         7 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-243 ALTERNATE PATH             TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___
Page 1 of 7 Developer Howard Fitzwater Date: 4/25/11 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: h. Simulator JPM CRO-395D TITLE: OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12 EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME: 7 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-243 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA ___
JPM DIRECTIONS:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
Line 680: Line 1,053:
* Report the value of the specified CETC as indicated by SOP-68.0.
* Report the value of the specified CETC as indicated by SOP-68.0.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                    Howard Fitzwater                          Date: 4/25/11 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                   Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.
Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.
: a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.
Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP-1-SOP-68.0.
Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP-1-SOP-68.0.
Line 693: Line 1,067:
: 3) An alternate method exists to complete this task. Although not expected to be performed by the examinee, this method starts at element 9.
: 3) An alternate method exists to complete this task. Although not expected to be performed by the examinee, this method starts at element 9.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1. (step 4.6.2.1)                                     Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as S / U Determine the two digit address for thermocouple    address point and is an A train J12                                                CETC.
: 1. (step 4.6.2.1)
Determine the two digit address for thermocouple J12 Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as address point and is an A train CETC.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                       Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                               (CIRCLE)
Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
* 2. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial   TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed            S / U conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or once.
ELEMENTS:
may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: With Observes CET light lit.
STANDARDS:
CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated )
(CIRCLE)
* 2. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: With CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated )
Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.
Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.
* 3. (step 4.6.2.2)                                       SUBMODE                                S / U pushbutton depressed Select display to CE                                 1st / 2 nd until CE displayed.
TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed once.
AS found: HI 1st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved
Observes CET light lit.
* 4. (step 4.6.2.3 and 4.6.2.4)                           SUBMODE ACK                            S / U pushbutton Select display to CE00                             ALARM ACK depressed until submode portion of AS found: HI .                                             SUBMODE 1st button push: CE .                                 the                  pushbutton is 2nd button push: ALL.                                       1st / 2 nd 3rd button push: return to HI . mode                 illuminated and not flashing, May be repeated until desired mode achieved                                     SUBMODE 1st portion of the 1st / 2 nd pushbutton is flashing.
S / U
* 5. (step 4.6.2.5)                                                 SUBMODE                      S / U Depress                    pushbutton Align display to read CE 10                                     1st / 2 nd until 1 appears in the tens digit.
* 3. (step 4.6.2.2)
Select display to CE AS found: HI 1st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE st nd 1
2
/
pushbutton depressed until CE displayed.
S / U
* 4. (step 4.6.2.3 and 4.6.2.4)
Select display to CE00 AS found: HI.
1st button push: CE.
2nd button push: ALL.
3rd button push: return to HI. mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE ACK ALARM ACK pushbutton depressed until submode portion of the SUBMODE st nd 1
2
/
pushbutton is illuminated and not flashing, 1st portion of the SUBMODE st nd 1
2
/
pushbutton is flashing.
S / U
* 5. (step 4.6.2.5)
Align display to read CE 10 Depress SUBMODE st nd 1
2
/
pushbutton until 1 appears in the tens digit.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                     Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
* 6. (step 4.6.2.6)                                                 SUBMODE ACK                S / U Depress Align to select ones digit                                     ALARM ACK pushbutton.
ELEMENTS:
* 7. (step 4.6.2.7)                                                 SUBMODE                    S / U Depress                  pushbutton Align display to read CE 14                                   1st / 2 nd until 4 is displayed in the ones digit. 1st/2nd pushbutton depressed until CE 14 in monitor window.
STANDARDS:
* 8. (step 4.6.2.8)                                       SUBMODE ACK                          S / U pushbutton Determine value of J12                             ALARM ACK depressed.
(CIRCLE)
ALTERNAT E METHOD
* 6. (step 4.6.2.6)
: 9. (step 4.6.2.1)                                     Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as     S / U Determine the two digit address for thermocouple  address point and is an A train J12                                              CETC.
Align to select ones digit Depress SUBMODE ACK ALARM ACK pushbutton.
* 10. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial   TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed        S / U conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or once.
S / U
may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: With Observes CET light lit.
* 7. (step 4.6.2.7)
CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated )
Align display to read CE 14 Depress SUBMODE st nd 1
2
/
pushbutton until 4 is displayed in the ones digit. 1st/2nd pushbutton depressed until CE 14 in monitor window.
S / U
* 8. (step 4.6.2.8)
Determine value of J12 SUBMODE ACK ALARM ACK pushbutton depressed.
S / U ALTERNAT E METHOD
: 9. (step 4.6.2.1)
Determine the two digit address for thermocouple J12 Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as address point and is an A train CETC.
S / U
* 10. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: With CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated )
Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.
Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.
TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed once.
Observes CET light lit.
S / U


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                     Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
* 11. (step 4.6.2.2)                                       SUBMODE                              S / U pushbutton depressed Select display to ALL                                 1st / 2 nd until ALL displayed.
ELEMENTS:
AS found: HI 1st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved
STANDARDS:
* 12. (step 4.6.2.3)                                       SUBMODE ACK                          S / U pushbutton Acknowledge display in ALL                           ALARM ACK depressed until submode portion of AS found: HI .                                             SUBMODE 1st button push: CE .                                 the                pushbutton is 2nd button push: ALL.                                         1st / 2 nd 3rd button push: return to HI . mode                   illuminated and not flashing, May be repeated until desired mode achieved NOTE: In the ALL submode, the display will start to automatically sequence through all quadrant and SUBMODE ACK core exit temperature values as soon as the ALARM ACK pushbutton is depressed.
(CIRCLE)
* 13. Determine value of J12                             Examinee will wait until CE14 is     S / U displayed and then determine the value.
* 11. (step 4.6.2.2)
STOP TIME Terminate when the value for thermocouple J12 is displayed.
Select display to ALL AS found: HI 1st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE st nd 1
2
/
pushbutton depressed until ALL displayed.
S / U
* 12. (step 4.6.2.3)
Acknowledge display in ALL AS found: HI.
1st button push: CE.
2nd button push: ALL.
3rd button push: return to HI. mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE ACK ALARM ACK pushbutton depressed until submode portion of the SUBMODE st nd 1
2
/
pushbutton is illuminated and not flashing, S / U NOTE: In the ALL submode, the display will start to automatically sequence through all quadrant and core exit temperature values as soon as the SUBMODE ACK ALARM ACK pushbutton is depressed.
* 13. Determine value of J12 Examinee will wait until CE14 is displayed and then determine the value.
S / U STOP TIME Terminate when the value for thermocouple J12 is displayed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP SOP-68.0 Revision 8.1
: 1.
: 2. K/As:     017A4.01             RO-3.8                         SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
FNP SOP-68.0 Revision 8.1
None
: 2.
K/As:
017A4.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                       Page 6 of 7 Critical ELEMENT justification:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.
STEP                                                     Evaluation
Page 6 of 7 Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation
: 1. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#7).
: 1. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#7).
: 2. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 2. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
Line 742: Line 1,176:
: 3. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 3. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 4. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 4. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 5. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 5. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 6. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 7. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 6. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 8. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 7. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 8. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
ALTERNATE METHOD
ALTERNATE METHOD
: 9. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#13).
: 9. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#13).
: 10. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 10. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 11. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 11. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 12. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 12. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 13. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective The examinee must wait until the correct thermocouple address is displayed get the correct value for that thermocouple.
: 13. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective The examinee must wait until the correct thermocouple address is displayed get the correct value for that thermocouple.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                           Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.
Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.
: a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.
Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP-1-SOP-68.0.
Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP-1-SOP-68.0.  


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.                                                           Page 1 of 5
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.
: i. In Plant JPM SO-344 TITLE: Start Up An Instrumentation Inverter EVALUATION LOCATION:               SIMULATOR             CONTROL ROOM     X PLANT PROJECTED TIME:         20 MIN     SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:         N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL             PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
Page 1 of 5 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: i. In Plant JPM SO-344 TITLE: Start Up An Instrumentation Inverter EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
: 2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
: 2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
Line 774: Line 1,202:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
* Place the A Instrument Inverter in service Examinee:
* Place the A Instrument Inverter in service Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:         Satisfactory                 Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                                Aaron Forsha            Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                  SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.                                                                     Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.
Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
: a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
: b. Instrumentation inverter A is being returned to service after maintenance.
: b. Instrumentation inverter A is being returned to service after maintenance.
Line 785: Line 1,214:
NOTE: THIS JPM MAY BE PERFORMED ON EITHER UNIT. THE UNIT TWO NUMBERS, IF DIFFERENT, ARE [BRACKETED].
NOTE: THIS JPM MAY BE PERFORMED ON EITHER UNIT. THE UNIT TWO NUMBERS, IF DIFFERENT, ARE [BRACKETED].
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                               STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1.     (step 4.1.2.1)                                 Breakers verified in OFF.          S / U Verify the battery input breaker in OFF         (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
: 1.
: 2.     (step 4.1.2.2)                                 Breaker is verified in OFF.        S / U Verify the inverter output breaker in OFF       (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
(step 4.1.2.1)
: 3.     (step 4.1.2.3)                                 In 120VAC Distribution Panel G    S / U Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC     breaker #8 [#7] is verified closed.
Verify the battery input breaker in OFF Breakers verified in OFF.
supply breaker                                  (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
*4.     (step 4.1.2.4)                                 LA-10 handswitch is taken to the   S / U Close the inverter A DC supply breaker        closed position.
S / U
: 2.
(step 4.1.2.2)
Verify the inverter output breaker in OFF Breaker is verified in OFF.
(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
S / U
: 3.
(step 4.1.2.3)
Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker In 120VAC Distribution Panel G breaker #8 [#7] is verified closed.
(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
S / U
*4.
(step 4.1.2.4)
Close the inverter A DC supply breaker LA-10 handswitch is taken to the closed position.
(CUE: The indicating light changed from green to red and the mechanical indicator indicates closed.)
(CUE: The indicating light changed from green to red and the mechanical indicator indicates closed.)
*5.     (step 4.1.2.5)                                 The battery input breaker is taken  S / U Place the battery input breaker in the ON       to ON.
S / U
position                                        (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
*5.
(step 4.1.2.5)
Place the battery input breaker in the ON position The battery input breaker is taken to ON.
(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
S / U


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.                                                                   Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.
ELEMENTS:                                           STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
*6.   (step 4.1.2.6)                               The inverter output breaker is        S / U Place the inverter output breaker in the ON   taken to ON.
ELEMENTS:
position                                      (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
STANDARDS:
: 7.   (step 4.1.2.7)                               The Inverter In Sync light should  S / U Verify that the inverter is in sync with the be lit and the Out Of Sync light bypass source                                should be out.
(CIRCLE)  
*6.
(step 4.1.2.6)
Place the inverter output breaker in the ON position The inverter output breaker is taken to ON.
(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
S / U
: 7.
(step 4.1.2.7)
Verify that the inverter is in sync with the bypass source The Inverter In Sync light should be lit and the Out Of Sync light should be out.
(CUE: In SYNC lamp is lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp is not.)
(CUE: In SYNC lamp is lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp is not.)
NOTE: In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).
S / U NOTE: In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).  
*8.   (step 4.1.2.8)                               The Manual Bypass Switch is          S / U Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS switch to         transferred.
*8.
the NORMAL OPERATION position                 (CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)
(step 4.1.2.8)
*9.   (step 4.1.2.9)                               The INVERTER TO LOAD                 S / U Press the INVERTER TO LOAD                   pushbutton is depressed.
Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position The Manual Bypass Switch is transferred.
pushbutton NOTE: NON-CRITICAL ELEMENT 10 IS NOT PROCEDURALIZED ON UNIT 2.
(CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)
: 10.   (step 4.1.2.9.1 UNIT 1 ONLY)                 INVERTER POWERING LOAD               S / U Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp checked.
S / U
lamp lit                                      (CUE: INVERTER POWEREING LOAD lamp is lit.)
*9.
: 11. Report to the CRO that inverter A has       The CRO is notified.                 S / U been placed in service                        (CUE: The CRO acknowledges.)
(step 4.1.2.9)
STOP TIME Terminate after Control Room Operator is informed that inverter A has been placed in service.
Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton The INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton is depressed.
S / U NOTE: NON-CRITICAL ELEMENT 10 IS NOT PROCEDURALIZED ON UNIT 2.
: 10.
(step 4.1.2.9.1 UNIT 1 ONLY)
Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp lit INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp checked.
(CUE: INVERTER POWEREING LOAD lamp is lit.)
S / U
: 11.
Report to the CRO that inverter A has been placed in service The CRO is notified.
(CUE: The CRO acknowledges.)
S / U STOP TIME Terminate after Control Room Operator is informed that inverter A has been placed in service.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1.     FNP-1-SOP-36.4, Ver 81.0
: 1.
: 2.     FNP-2-SOP-36.4, Ver 62.1
FNP-1-SOP-36.4, Ver 81.0
: 3.     K/As: 062A2.03           RO-2.9     SRO-3.4
: 2.
FNP-2-SOP-36.4, Ver 62.1
: 3.
K/As: 062A2.03 RO-2.9 SRO-3.4  


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.                                                                   Page 4 of 5 057AA1.01       RO-3.7         SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.
Page 4 of 5 057AA1.01 RO-3.7 SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT                                         Evaluation 1-3   NOT Critical: Check steps only, no operations performed.
ELEMENT Evaluation 1-3 NOT Critical: Check steps only, no operations performed.
4-6   Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in-service.
4-6 Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in-service.
7   NOT Critical: No operations performed.
7 NOT Critical: No operations performed.
8, 9   Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in-service.
8, 9 Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in-service.
10   NOT Critical: Check steps only, no operations performed.
10 NOT Critical: Check steps only, no operations performed.
11   NOT Critical: Notification step only.
11 NOT Critical: Notification step only.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  
 
Unit 1
 
Unit 2
 
This page is intentionally blank.


Unit 1 Unit 2 This page is intentionally blank.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.                                                                     Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
: a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
: b. Instrumentation inverter A is being returned to service after maintenance.
: b. Instrumentation inverter A is being returned to service after maintenance.
Your task is to place instrumentation inverter A in service per FNP-1[2]-SOP-36.4 starting at step 4.1.2.
Your task is to place instrumentation inverter A in service per FNP-1[2]-SOP-36.4 starting at step 4.1.2.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                     Farley Nuclear Plant                 FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                         Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                 1 of 62 S
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 1 of 62 S
A F
A F
E T
E T
Line 842: Line 1,318:
A T
A T
E D
E D
PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY                                 SECTIONS Continuous:                                 ALL
PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:
ALL  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NONE Information:                               NONE Approved By: David L Reed (for)       Effective Date:   November 1, 2012 Operations Manager
NONE Information:
NONE Approved By: David L Reed (for)
Effective Date:
November 1, 2012 Operations Manager  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                 Farley Nuclear Plant                       FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                           Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                       2 of 62 Procedure Version Description Version Number                             Version Description Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES 81.0 WRITERS GUIDE.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 2 of 62 Procedure Version Description Version Number Version Description 81.0 Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES WRITERS GUIDE.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                                 Farley Nuclear Plant                                                       FNP-1-SOP-36.4                   81.0 1/17/2013                                                                                                               Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                                                             3 of 62 Table of Contents Page 1.0    Purpose .........................................................................................................................................4
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 3 of 62 Table of Contents Page 1.0
2.0    Initial Conditions ............................................................................................................................4
Purpose.........................................................................................................................................4
3.0    Precautions and Limitations ..........................................................................................................4
2.0
4.0    Instructions ....................................................................................................................................6
Initial Conditions............................................................................................................................ 4
4.1    120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation .......................................6
3.0
4.2    TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation ...........................................................9
Precautions and Limitations..........................................................................................................4
4.3    Manually Transferring Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Power Supply ....................................25
4.0
4.4    120V AC Regulated Instrumentation Panel 1A (B) Operation .........................................26
Instructions....................................................................................................................................6
4.5    Energizing 208/120V AC Instrument Panel 1H (J) ..........................................................26
4.1
4.6    Energizing 208/120V AC Control Power Panel 1N (R), [S] .............................................27
120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation.......................................6
4.7    Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C] ..........................................................................................................28
4.2
4.8    Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E] .........................................................................................................29
TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation...........................................................9
4.9    Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C] ..........................................................................................................30
4.3
4.10    Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E] .........................................................................................................31
Manually Transferring Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Power Supply....................................25
4.11    120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up ......................................32
4.4
4.12    SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation..............................................33
120V AC Regulated Instrumentation Panel 1A (B) Operation.........................................26
4.13    AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation: .............................................36
4.5
4.14    DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation .................................................40
Energizing 208/120V AC Instrument Panel 1H (J)..........................................................26
5.0    References ..................................................................................................................................42
4.6
FIGURE 1 TDAFWP UPS ........................................................................................................44
Energizing 208/120V AC Control Power Panel 1N (R), [S].............................................27
APPENDIX 1 Controls and Indications .....................................................................................47
4.7
APPENDIX 2 TDAFWP UPS - Return to A Inverter through A Rectifier when B Inverter fails to SYNC ...................................................................................................................52
Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C]..........................................................................................................28
APPENDIX 3 TDAFWP UPS - Return to B Inverter through B Rectifier when A Inverter fails to SYNC ...................................................................................................................56
4.8
APPENDIX 4 Manually Bypassing the DEH Inverter with the Inverter OUT OF SYNCH .......60
Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E].........................................................................................................29
4.9
Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C]..........................................................................................................30
4.10
Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E].........................................................................................................31
4.11
120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up......................................32
4.12
SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation..............................................33
4.13
AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation:.............................................36
4.14
DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation.................................................40
5.0
References..................................................................................................................................42
FIGURE 1 TDAFWP UPS........................................................................................................44
APPENDIX 1 Controls and Indications.....................................................................................47
APPENDIX 2 TDAFWP UPS - Return to A Inverter through A Rectifier when B Inverter fails to SYNC...................................................................................................................52
APPENDIX 3 TDAFWP UPS - Return to B Inverter through B Rectifier when A Inverter fails to SYNC...................................................................................................................56
APPENDIX 4 Manually Bypassing the DEH Inverter with the Inverter OUT OF SYNCH.......60


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                           Farley Nuclear Plant                           FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                                           Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                             4 of 62 1.0   Purpose This procedure provides the initial conditions, precautions and limitations, and instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 4 of 62 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the initial conditions, precautions and limitations, and instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system.
2.0   Initial Conditions 2.1     The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-36.3, 600, 480 AND 208/120 Volt AC Electrical Distribution System.
2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-36.3, 600, 480 AND 208/120 Volt AC Electrical Distribution System.
2.2     The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-37.1, 125 Volt D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System.
2.2 The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-37.1, 125 Volt D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System.
3.0   Precautions and Limitations 3.1     Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protections and E.S.F. instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.
3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protections and E.S.F. instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.
3.2     120V vital AC instrumentation panels 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D are supplied by inverters 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D respectively. Distribution panels 1J and 1K are supplied by inverters 1F and 1G respectively. The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G for A train and 1H for B train.
3.2 120V vital AC instrumentation panels 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D are supplied by inverters 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D respectively. Distribution panels 1J and 1K are supplied by inverters 1F and 1G respectively. The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G for A train and 1H for B train.
{AI 2009206420}
{AI 2009206420}
3.3     Distribution panels 1J (K) feed BOP panels J (K). These BOP panels have an auctioneered power supply from solatron regulators 1G (1H).
3.3 Distribution panels 1J (K) feed BOP panels J (K). These BOP panels have an auctioneered power supply from solatron regulators 1G (1H).
3.4     Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.
3.4 Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.
3.5     Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.
3.5 Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.
3.6     The TDAFWP uninterruptible power supply battery charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.
3.6 The TDAFWP uninterruptible power supply battery charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.
3.7     If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.
3.7 If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.
3.8     DO NOT operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.
3.8 DO NOT operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                       Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-1-SOP-36.4     81.0 1/17/2013                                                                           Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                               5 of 62 3.9   208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimiters--one per phase. The loss of an isolimiter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off of the phase supplied by that isolimiter.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 5 of 62 3.9 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimiters--one per phase. The loss of an isolimiter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off of the phase supplied by that isolimiter.
Drawing D-181599, sh. 3, shows the relationship of the load in each cabinet to the isolimiters.
Drawing D-181599, sh. 3, shows the relationship of the load in each cabinet to the isolimiters.
3.10   120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B. Drawings D-181599, sh. 3, D-177024, and D-177025 shows the relationship of the loads in each cabinet to the isolimiters.
3.10 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B. Drawings D-181599, sh. 3, D-177024, and D-177025 shows the relationship of the loads in each cabinet to the isolimiters.
3.11   Operation of the120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.
3.11 Operation of the120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.
3.12   Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.
3.12 Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.
3.13   Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
3.13 Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
3.14   For the AMSAC UPS, the High Speed Transfer Logic HTL sense an inverter overload(O/L) and initiates a No-Break AC Transfer to the commercial power via the AC Regulator Filter-Conditioner on an inverse time basis. Only when the overload is cleared will the load be auto-retransferred to the inverter after approximately 1 minute delay. The occurrence of an O/L is stored in the O/L memory of the HTL and is indicated by a pilot light. Pressing the O/L memory cancel button will cancel the alarms. U265512 3.15   To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux.
3.14 For the AMSAC UPS, the High Speed Transfer Logic HTL sense an inverter overload(O/L) and initiates a No-Break AC Transfer to the commercial power via the AC Regulator Filter-Conditioner on an inverse time basis. Only when the overload is cleared will the load be auto-retransferred to the inverter after approximately 1 minute delay. The occurrence of an O/L is stored in the O/L memory of the HTL and is indicated by a pilot light. Pressing the O/L memory cancel button will cancel the alarms. U265512 3.15 To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux.
Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings. Ref CR 367519.
Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings. Ref CR 367519.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                           Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                                           Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                             6 of 62 4.0     Instructions 4.1     120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour period without any adverse affects.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 6 of 62 4.0 Instructions 4.1 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour period without any adverse affects.
4.1.1     IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:
4.1.1 IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:
4.1.1.1     Verify charger is on float charge.
4.1.1.1 Verify charger is on float charge.
4.1.1.2     Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.
4.1.1.2 Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.
NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load.
NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load.
The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load.
The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load.
4.1.1.3     Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:
4.1.1.3 Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:
EM SCR1           SCR2           SCR3           SCR4             SCR5         SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials           Date 4.1.1.4     IF measure AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution.
EM SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 SCR4 SCR5 SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials Date 4.1.1.4 IF measure AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution.
EM
EM


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                         Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                                         Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                             7 of 62 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 7 of 62 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
4.1.2     Placing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) In Service 4.1.2.1     Verify the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2 Placing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) In Service 4.1.2.1 Verify the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.2     Verify the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.2 Verify the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.3     Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:
4.1.2.3 Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:
Placekeeping AC SUPPLY BREAKER INVERTER 120V AC Distribution:
INVERTER AC SUPPLY BREAKER 120V AC Distribution:
1A                 Panel 1G Brk #8 1B                 Panel 1G Brk #5 1C                 Panel 1H Brk #7 1D                 Panel 1H Brk #2 1F                 Panel 1G Brk #1 1G                   Panel 1H Brk #6 4.1.2.4     Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:
Placekeeping 1A Panel 1G Brk #8 1B Panel 1G Brk #5 1C Panel 1H Brk #7 1D Panel 1H Brk #2 1F Panel 1G Brk #1 1G Panel 1H Brk #6 4.1.2.4 Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:
INVERTER             DC SUPPLY BREAKER               Placekeeping 1A                     LA     10 1B                     LA     12 1C                     LB     04 1D                     LB     06 1F                     LA     16 1G                     LB     10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.
INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER Placekeeping 1A LA 10 1B LA 12 1C LB 04 1D LB 06 1F LA 16 1G LB 10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.
4.1.2.5     Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.5 Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.6     Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.6 Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.7     Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as follows:
4.1.2.7 Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as follows:
4.1.2.7.1       Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.
4.1.2.7.1 Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.
4.1.2.7.2       Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
4.1.2.7.2 Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                         Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                                         Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                             8 of 62 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 8 of 62 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).
4.1.2.8     Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.
4.1.2.8 Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.
4.1.2.9     Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.
4.1.2.9 Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.
4.1.2.9.1       Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp lit.
4.1.2.9.1 Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp lit.
4.1.3     Removing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) From Service:
4.1.3 Removing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) From Service:
4.1.3.1     Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.
4.1.3.1 Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.
4.1.3.2     Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as follows:
4.1.3.2 Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as follows:
4.1.3.2.1       Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.
4.1.3.2.1 Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.
4.1.3.2.2       Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
4.1.3.2.2 Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
4.1.3.3     Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.
4.1.3.3 Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.
4.1.3.4     Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.
4.1.3.4 Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.
4.1.3.5     Open the following breakers for respective inverter.
4.1.3.5 Open the following breakers for respective inverter.  
BATTERY INPUT breaker INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6     Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER         DC SUPPLY BREAKER             Placekeeping 1A                 LA       10 1B                 LA       12 1C                 LB       04 1D                 LB       06 1F                 LA       16 1G                 LB       10
BATTERY INPUT breaker  

INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6 Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:
INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER Placekeeping 1A LA 10 1B LA 12 1C LB 04 1D LB 06 1F LA 16 1G LB 10  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                 Farley Nuclear Plant                     FNP-2-SOP-36.4   62.1 1/17/2013                                                         Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                   1 of 45 S
UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 1 of 45 S
A F
A F
E T
E T
Line 944: Line 1,446:
A T
A T
E D
E D
PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY                             SECTIONS Continuous:                             ALL
PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:
ALL  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NONE Information:                           NONE Approved:
NONE Information:
David L Reed (for)                                   July 2, 2012 Operations Manager                                   Effective Date
NONE Approved:
David L Reed (for)
July 2, 2012 Operations Manager Effective Date  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                     Farley Nuclear Plant                               FNP-2-SOP-36.4         62.1 1/17/2013                                                                         Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                                 2 of 45 Procedure Version Description Version Number                                       Version Description 61.0       Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES WRITERS GUIDE.
UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 2 of 45 Procedure Version Description Version Number Version Description 61.0 Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES WRITERS GUIDE.  
Changed title of steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10, deleting Loss of Flow and replacing with RCP Bus UV. DCP 2082084101 Changed step 3.4 to address RCP Bus UV and TDAFWP auto start. DCP 2082084101.
Changed title of steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10, deleting Loss of Flow and replacing with RCP Bus UV. DCP 2082084101  
Deleted step 3.13 and renumbered. DCP 2082084101 Deleted cautions before steps 4.7 & 4.10. DCP 2082084101 Reworded caution after steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10. Modified steps 4.7.1, 4.8.1, 4.9.1 & 4.10.1 to reference RCP Bus UV rather than Loss of Flow. DCP 2082084101 62.0        Changed position for breakers from OPEN to OFF and CLOSED to ON in steps 4.1.2.1, 4.1.2.2, 4.1.2.5, 4.1.2.6, 4.2.3.5.5, and 4.2.4.5.5 to match labeling in plant CR 345068
Changed step 3.4 to address RCP Bus UV and TDAFWP auto start. DCP 2082084101.
                   Enhanced wording of step 4.2.2.12 CR 2011104041
Deleted step 3.13 and renumbered. DCP 2082084101  
                   Enhanced wording of 1st bullet of note above 4.2.1.4 CR 2011104064
Deleted cautions before steps 4.7 & 4.10. DCP 2082084101  
                   Added steps 4.2.3.1 and 4.2.4.1 to close TDAFW warm-up valves for shutting down TDAFWP UPS and steps 4.2.1.22 and 4.2.2.22 to open TDAFW warm-up valves CR 353795
Reworded caution after steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10. Modified steps 4.7.1, 4.8.1, 4.9.1 & 4.10.1 to reference RCP Bus UV rather than Loss of Flow. DCP 2082084101 62.0
                   Added P&L 3.14 CR 367519
 Changed position for breakers from OPEN to OFF and CLOSED to ON in steps 4.1.2.1, 4.1.2.2, 4.1.2.5, 4.1.2.6, 4.2.3.5.5, and 4.2.4.5.5 to match labeling in plant CR 345068  
                   Corrected reference steps in 1st bullet of note below 4.2.1.5 CR 423361
 Enhanced wording of step 4.2.2.12 CR 2011104041  
                   Corrected location of CB6 and CB16 breakers from in cabinet to on cabinet in notes above steps 4.2.1.4, 4.2.1.6, 4.2.2.4, 4.2.2.6, 4.2.3.5.1, and 4.2.4.5.1 CR 423361
 Enhanced wording of 1st bullet of note above 4.2.1.4 CR 2011104064  
                   Added notes above 4.2.1.18, 4.2.2.18, 4.2.1.23.5, and 4.2.2.23.5 addressing Rectifier/charger overload light. CR 423913 62.1       CR - 471536 - Corrected breaker designation and nomenclature to match ESOMs for steps 4.2.1.1, 4.2.2.1, 4.2.3.5.6, 4.2.4.5.6 CR - 471536 - Added amplifying instructions to CAUTIONS preceding steps 4.2.1.13 &
 Added steps 4.2.3.1 and 4.2.4.1 to close TDAFW warm-up valves for shutting down TDAFWP UPS and steps 4.2.1.22 and 4.2.2.22 to open TDAFW warm-up valves CR 353795  
4.2.2.13 CR - 475833 - corrected NOTE prior to step 4.2.2.5.1 which had letter designations that were not changed when step numbers were changed from letters to numbers - brc
 Added P&L 3.14 CR 367519  
 Corrected reference steps in 1st bullet of note below 4.2.1.5 CR 423361  
 Corrected location of CB6 and CB16 breakers from in cabinet to on cabinet in notes above steps 4.2.1.4, 4.2.1.6, 4.2.2.4, 4.2.2.6, 4.2.3.5.1, and 4.2.4.5.1 CR 423361  
 Added notes above 4.2.1.18, 4.2.2.18, 4.2.1.23.5, and 4.2.2.23.5 addressing Rectifier/charger overload light. CR 423913 62.1 CR - 471536 - Corrected breaker designation and nomenclature to match ESOMs for steps 4.2.1.1, 4.2.2.1, 4.2.3.5.6, 4.2.4.5.6 CR - 471536 - Added amplifying instructions to CAUTIONS preceding steps 4.2.1.13 &
4.2.2.13 CR - 475833 - corrected NOTE prior to step 4.2.2.5.1 which had letter designations that were not changed when step numbers were changed from letters to numbers - brc  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                                   Farley Nuclear Plant                                                       FNP-2-SOP-36.4                   62.1 1/17/2013                                                                                                                 Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                                                             3 of 45 Table of Contents Page 1.0    Purpose .........................................................................................................................................4
UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 3 of 45 Table of Contents Page 1.0
2.0    Initial Conditions ............................................................................................................................4
Purpose.........................................................................................................................................4
3.0    Precautions and Limitations ..........................................................................................................4
2.0
4.1    120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation .......................................6
Initial Conditions............................................................................................................................4
4.2    TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation: ..........................................................9
3.0
4.3    Manually transferring Inverter 2A (B,C,D,F,G) Power Supply. ........................................25
Precautions and Limitations..........................................................................................................4
4.4    120V AC regulated instrumentation panel 2A (B) operation............................................26
4.1
4.5    Energizing 208/120V AC instrument panel 2H (J). ..........................................................26
120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation.......................................6
4.6    Energizing 208/120V AC control power panel 2N. ..........................................................26
4.2
4.7    Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C].
TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation:..........................................................9
                ........................................................................................................................................26
4.3
4.8    Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2) [3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E].
Manually transferring Inverter 2A (B,C,D,F,G) Power Supply.........................................25
                ........................................................................................................................................26
4.4
4.9    Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C].
120V AC regulated instrumentation panel 2A (B) operation............................................26
                ........................................................................................................................................27
4.5
4.10    Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E].
Energizing 208/120V AC instrument panel 2H (J)...........................................................26
                ........................................................................................................................................28
4.6
4.11    120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up ......................................28
Energizing 208/120V AC control power panel 2N...........................................................26
4.12    SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' Nitrogen Storage Room).
4.7
                ........................................................................................................................................29
Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C].
4.13    AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' cable chase). ...............32
........................................................................................................................................26
4.14    DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation. ................................................34
4.8
5.0    References ..................................................................................................................................36
Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2) [3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E].
FIGURE 1 - TDAFW PUMP UPS ................................................................................................39
........................................................................................................................................26
APPENDIX 1 - TDAFWP UPS CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS ...............................................42
4.9
Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C].
........................................................................................................................................27
4.10
Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E].
........................................................................................................................................28
4.11
120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up......................................28
4.12
SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' Nitrogen Storage Room).
........................................................................................................................................29
4.13
AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' cable chase)................32
4.14
DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation.................................................34
5.0
References..................................................................................................................................36
FIGURE 1 - TDAFW PUMP UPS................................................................................................39
APPENDIX 1 - TDAFWP UPS CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS...............................................42


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                         Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-2-SOP-36.4       62.1 1/17/2013                                                                           Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                             4 of 45 1.0   Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations and Instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system.
UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 4 of 45 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations and Instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system.
2.0   Initial Conditions 2.1   The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-36.3, 600, 408 AND 208/120 Volt Ac Electrical Distribution System.
2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-36.3, 600, 408 AND 208/120 Volt Ac Electrical Distribution System.
2.2   The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-37.1, 125 VOLT D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System.
2.2 The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-37.1, 125 VOLT D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System.
3.0   Precautions and Limitations 3.1   Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protection and ESF instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.
3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protection and ESF instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.
3.2   120V vital AC instrumentation panels 2A B, C, D are supplied by inverters 2A B, C,D respective. Distribution panels 2G and H are supplied by inverters 2F and G respective.
3.2 120V vital AC instrumentation panels 2A B, C, D are supplied by inverters 2A B, C,D respective. Distribution panels 2G and H are supplied by inverters 2F and G respective.
The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G for A train and 2H for B train. {AI2009206421}
The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G for A train and 2H for B train. {AI2009206421}
3.3   Distribution panel 2J (2K) feeds BOP panel 2J (2K). BOP panel 2J (2K) does have auctioneered power supplies from solatron regulator 2G (2H).
3.3 Distribution panel 2J (2K) feeds BOP panel 2J (2K). BOP panel 2J (2K) does have auctioneered power supplies from solatron regulator 2G (2H).
3.4   Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV Relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.
3.4 Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV Relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.
3.5   Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.
3.5 Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.
3.6   The TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery Charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.
3.6 The TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery Charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.
3.7   If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.
3.7 If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.
3.8   Do not operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.
3.8 Do not operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.
3.9   208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimeters--one per phase.
3.9 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimeters--one per phase.
The loss of an isolimeter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off the phase supplied by that isolimeter.
The loss of an isolimeter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off the phase supplied by that isolimeter.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                       Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-2-SOP-36.4     62.1 1/17/2013                                                                           Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                             5 of 45 3.10   120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 2A and 2B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinets 2A and 2B.
UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 5 of 45 3.10 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 2A and 2B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinets 2A and 2B.
3.11   Operation of the 120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.
3.11 Operation of the 120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.
3.12   Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.
3.12 Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.
3.13   Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
3.13 Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
3.14   To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux. Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings.
3.14 To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux. Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings.
Ref CR 367519.
Ref CR 367519.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                           Farley Nuclear Plant                           FNP-2-SOP-36.4       62.1 1/17/2013                                                                           Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                           6 of 45 4.0     Instructions 4.1     120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation:
UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 6 of 45 4.0 Instructions 4.1 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation:
NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour period without any adverse affects.
NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour period without any adverse affects.
4.1.1     IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:
4.1.1 IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:
4.1.1.1   Verify charger is on float charge.
4.1.1.1 Verify charger is on float charge.
4.1.1.2   Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.
4.1.1.2 Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.
NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load. The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load.
NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load. The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load.
4.1.1.3   Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:
4.1.1.3 Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:
SCR1             SCR2           SCR3           SCR4           SCR5         SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials                       Date 4.1.1.4   IF measured AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution.                                                                 _____
SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 SCR4 SCR5 SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials Date 4.1.1.4 IF measured AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution.
EM
EM


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                         Farley Nuclear Plant                           FNP-2-SOP-36.4   62.1 1/17/2013                                                                         Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                           7 of 45 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 7 of 45 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
4.1.2     Placing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) in service:
4.1.2 Placing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) in service:
4.1.2.1   Verify BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.1 Verify BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.2   Verify INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.2 Verify INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.3   Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:
4.1.2.3 Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:
AC SUPPLY BREAKER INVERTER 120V AC Distribution:
INVERTER AC SUPPLY BREAKER 120V AC Distribution:
2A                     Panel 2G Brk #7 2B                     Panel 2G Brk #2 2C                     Panel 2H Brk #7 2D                     Panel 2H Brk #2 2F                     Panel 2G Brk #6 2G                     Panel 2H Brk #6 4.1.2.4   Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:
2A Panel 2G Brk #7 2B Panel 2G Brk #2 2C Panel 2H Brk #7 2D Panel 2H Brk #2 2F Panel 2G Brk #6 2G Panel 2H Brk #6 4.1.2.4 Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:
INVERTER               DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A                       LA     10 2B                       LA     12 2C                       LB     04 2D                       LB     06 2F                       LA     16 2G                       LB     10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.
INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A LA 10 2B LA 12 2C LB 04 2D LB 06 2F LA 16 2G LB 10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.
4.1.2.5   Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.5 Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.6   Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.6 Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.7   Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as indicated by IN SYNC lamp lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
4.1.2.7 Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as indicated by IN SYNC lamp lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                         Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-2-SOP-36.4   62.1 1/17/2013                                                                         Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                           8 of 45 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 8 of 45 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).
4.1.2.8   Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.
4.1.2.8 Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.
4.1.2.9   Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.
4.1.2.9 Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.
4.1.3     Removing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) from service.
4.1.3 Removing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) from service.
4.1.3.1   Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.
4.1.3.1 Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.
4.1.3.2   Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as indicated by the IN SYNC lamp lit and the OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
4.1.3.2 Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as indicated by the IN SYNC lamp lit and the OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
4.1.3.3   Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.
4.1.3.3 Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.
4.1.3.4   Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.
4.1.3.4 Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.
4.1.3.5   Open the following breakers for respective inverter.
4.1.3.5 Open the following breakers for respective inverter.  
BATTERY INPUT breaker INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6   Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER               DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A                       LA       10 2B                       LA       12 2C                       LB       04 2D                       LB       06 2F                       LA       16 2G                       LB       10
BATTERY INPUT breaker  

INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6 Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:
INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A LA 10 2B LA 12 2C LB 04 2D LB 06 2F LA 16 2G LB 10


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.                                                             Page 1 of 5
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.
: j. In Plant JPM Fire Pump-NEW TITLE: Start the MDFP and #2 DDFP locally EVALUATION LOCATION:               SIMULATOR           CONTROL ROOM       X PLANT PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN     SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:         N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL           PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
Page 1 of 5 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: j. In Plant JPM Fire Pump-NEW TITLE: Start the MDFP and #2 DDFP locally EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
: 2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
: 2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
Line 1,054: Line 1,585:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
* Locally start a MDFP and #2 DDFP in response to a plant fire Examinee:
* Locally start a MDFP and #2 DDFP in response to a plant fire Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:         Satisfactory                   Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                              Aaron Forsha              Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                  SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.                                                                   Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.
Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
: a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
: b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
: b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
: c. The MDFP and #2 DDFP have failed to auto-start.
: c. The MDFP and #2 DDFP have failed to auto-start.
: d. A pre-job brief is not required.
: d. A pre-job brief is not required.
Line 1,067: Line 1,599:
: 2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6 INITIATING CUE, You may begin.
: 2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6 INITIATING CUE, You may begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                       (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
START TIME
STANDARDS:
*1.   (step 4.4.1)                                   Rotates switch to LOCAL position. S / U Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to               (CUE: Switch is in LOCAL LOCAL.                                          position.)
(CIRCLE)
*2.   (step 4.4.2)                                   Start button is depressed.       S / U Depress START pushbutton.                      (CUE: Start button is depressed, you hear the motor start.)
START TIME  
: 3.   (step 4.4.3)                                   Rotates switch to REMOTE          S / U Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to                   position.
* 1.
REMOTE.                                         (CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)
(step 4.4.1)
: 4.     (step 4.4.4)                                   Hand switch placed to stop        S / U Place the hand switch controller for the        (CUE: Hand switch is in the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey       STOP position pump.
Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to LOCAL.
: 5.     (step 4.6.1) on #2 DDFP                         Observes V0156 at 45 degrees. S / U Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG               (CUE: the identified Valve is as BYP valve throttled as follows:                 you see it)
Rotates switch to LOCAL position.
(CUE: Switch is in LOCAL position.)
S / U
* 2.
(step 4.4.2)
Depress START pushbutton.
Start button is depressed.
(CUE: Start button is depressed, you hear the motor start.)
S / U
: 3.
(step 4.4.3)
Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to REMOTE.
Rotates switch to REMOTE position.
(CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)
S / U
: 4.
(step 4.4.4)
Place the hand switch controller for the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey pump.
Hand switch placed to stop (CUE: Hand switch is in the STOP position S / U
: 5.
(step 4.6.1) on #2 DDFP Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:
* IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
* IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
Observes V0156 at 45 degrees.
(CUE: the identified Valve is as you see it)
S / U


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.                                                               Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.
ELEMENTS:                                           STANDARDS:                       (CIRCLE)
Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
*6.   (step 4.6.2) on #2 DDFP                       Selector switch placed in MAN A  S / U Place the DDFP local control panel selector   or MAN B position.
ELEMENTS:
switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.           (CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)
STANDARDS:
: 7.   (step 4.6.3) on #2 DDFP                       Observes BATT A AND B            S / U IF necessary, THEN perform the following     CONNECTED lights lit to verify the BATT A CONNECTED and         (CUE: the identified LIGHTS BATT B CONNECTED lights are lit:           ARE LIT)
(CIRCLE)  
* 4.6.3.1 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
*6.
(step 4.6.2) on #2 DDFP Place the DDFP local control panel selector switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.
Selector switch placed in MAN A or MAN B position.
(CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)
S / U
: 7.
(step 4.6.3) on #2 DDFP IF necessary, THEN perform the following to verify the BATT A CONNECTED and BATT B CONNECTED lights are lit:
4.6.3.1 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
RESET pushbuttons for the following:
RESET pushbuttons for the following:
o 4.6.3.1.1 AC mini breaker.
o 4.6.3.1.1 AC mini breaker.
o 4.6.3.1.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) o 4.6.3.1.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) o 4.6.3.2 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
o 4.6.3.1.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) o 4.6.3.1.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) o 4.6.3.2 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
*8.   (step 4.6.4) on #2 DDFP                       Depresses and holds start switch  S / U Depress and maintain depressed the           for 10 seconds.
Observes BATT A AND B CONNECTED lights lit (CUE: the identified LIGHTS ARE LIT)
ENGINE START pushbutton for                   (CUE: Start button depressed, you a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the        hear the engine start) selected DDFP starts.
S / U
STOP TIME Terminate after both fire water pumps are running.
*8.
(step 4.6.4) on #2 DDFP Depress and maintain depressed the ENGINE START pushbutton for a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the selected DDFP starts.
Depresses and holds start switch for 10 seconds.
(CUE: Start button depressed, you hear the engine start)
S / U STOP TIME Terminate after both fire water pumps are running.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1.     FNP-0-SOP-61.0,         Ver 46.0
: 1.
: 2.     K/As: 086A3.01         RO-2.9             SRO-3.3 086A4.01       RO-3.3             SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
FNP-0-SOP-61.0, Ver 46.0
None
: 2.
K/As: 086A3.01 RO-2.9 SRO-3.3 086A4.01 RO-3.3 SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None  
 
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.
Page 4 of 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT Evaluation 1-2 Critical: This is the assigned task, these elements start the MDFP.
3 NOT Critical: Returns switch to normal position, not required for pump to remain running.
4 NOT Critical: Jockey pump operation has no effect on ability to provide fire water.
5 NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.
6 Critical: This aligns a starting battery to crank the engine.
7 NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.
8 Critical: This is the assigned task, this element starts the #2 DDFP.
COMMENTS:


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.                                                                  Page 4 of 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:
1 DDFP CONTROL PANEL
ELEMENT                                        Evaluation 1-2    Critical: This is the assigned task, these elements start the MDFP.
 
3    NOT Critical: Returns switch to normal position, not required for pump to remain running.
2 INSIDE CONTROL PANEL
4    NOT Critical: Jockey pump operation has no effect on ability to provide fire water.
5    NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.
6    Critical: This aligns a starting battery to crank the engine.
7    NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.
8    Critical: This is the assigned task, this element starts the #2 DDFP.
COMMENTS:


DDFP CONTROL PANEL 1
3


INSIDE CONTROL PANEL 2
This page is intentionally blank.


3 This page is intentionally blank.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.                                                                   Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
: a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
: b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
: b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
Line 1,119: Line 1,692:
You are being directed by the Shift Supervisor to perform the following using FNP-0-SOP-61.0:
You are being directed by the Shift Supervisor to perform the following using FNP-0-SOP-61.0:
: 1. locally start the MDFP starting at step 4.4
: 1. locally start the MDFP starting at step 4.4
: 2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6
: 2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6  


Procedure Number Ver Farley Nuclear Plant SHARED                                                                        FNP-0-SOP-61.0   46.0 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND                        Page Number 1/17/2013 20:13:39                                                                   7 of 24 YARD MAIN 4.3.4     IF a DDFP was running to maintain fire main header pressure, THEN perform the following:
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 1/17/2013 20:13:39 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND YARD MAIN Page Number 7 of 24 4.3.4 IF a DDFP was running to maintain fire main header pressure, THEN perform the following:
4.3.4.1     Place the running DDFP control switch to OFF.
4.3.4.1 Place the running DDFP control switch to OFF.
4.3.4.2     At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
4.3.4.2 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
RESET pushbuttons for the following:
RESET pushbuttons for the following:
4.3.4.2.1       AC mini breaker.
4.3.4.2.1 AC mini breaker.
4.3.4.2.2       DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.3.4.2.3       DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.3.4.3     Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
4.3.4.2.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.3.4.2.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.3.4.3 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
4.3.4.4     Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:
4.3.4.4 Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:
4.3.4.4.1       IF securing #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.
4.3.4.4.1 IF securing #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.
4.3.4.4.2       IF securing #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
4.3.4.4.2 IF securing #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
4.3.4.5     Place DDFP control panel selector switch in AUTO to return the DDFP to automatic standby status.
4.3.4.5 Place DDFP control panel selector switch in AUTO to return the DDFP to automatic standby status.
4.3.5     Verify fire main header pressure is being maintained at approximately 125 psig or greater by operation of the MDFP.
4.3.5 Verify fire main header pressure is being maintained at approximately 125 psig or greater by operation of the MDFP.
4.4     Startup of the MDFP from Local Control Panel 4.4.1     Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to LOCAL.
4.4 Startup of the MDFP from Local Control Panel 4.4.1 Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to LOCAL.
4.4.2     Depress START pushbutton.
4.4.2 Depress START pushbutton.
4.4.3     Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to REMOTE.
4.4.3 Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to REMOTE.
CAUTION Failure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.
CAUTION Failure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.
4.4.4     Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey pump.
4.4.4 Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey pump.  


Procedure Number Ver Farley Nuclear Plant SHARED                                                                    FNP-0-SOP-61.0     46.0 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND                      Page Number 1/17/2013 20:13:39                                                                   8 of 24 YARD MAIN 4.5     Shutdown of the MDFP 4.5.1   Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to START, to start the jockey pump.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 1/17/2013 20:13:39 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND YARD MAIN Page Number 8 of 24 4.5 Shutdown of the MDFP 4.5.1 Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to START, to start the jockey pump.
NOTE The MDFP cannot be shutdown from Main Control Board.
NOTE The MDFP cannot be shutdown from Main Control Board.
4.5.2   Place LOCAL/REMOTE switch for the motor driven fire pump (MDFP) to LOCAL.
4.5.2 Place LOCAL/REMOTE switch for the motor driven fire pump (MDFP) to LOCAL.
4.5.3   Depress STOP/RESET pushbutton for the MDFP.
4.5.3 Depress STOP/RESET pushbutton for the MDFP.
4.5.4   IF started from Main Control Board, THEN place handswitch on MCB to STOP and verify handswitch spring returns to NEUTRAL. (This function is to de-energize trouble light only.)
4.5.4 IF started from Main Control Board, THEN place handswitch on MCB to STOP and verify handswitch spring returns to NEUTRAL. (This function is to de-energize trouble light only.)
4.5.5   Place LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch for the MDFP to REMOTE to return to automatic standby status.
4.5.5 Place LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch for the MDFP to REMOTE to return to automatic standby status.
4.5.6   Verify the jockey pump running and maintaining approximately 125 psig header pressure.
4.5.6 Verify the jockey pump running and maintaining approximately 125 psig header pressure.
4.6     Manual Startup of a DDFP 4.6.1   Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:
4.6 Manual Startup of a DDFP 4.6.1 Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:
x    IF starting #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.

x    IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
IF starting #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.  
4.6.2   Place the DDFP local control panel selector switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.

IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
4.6.2 Place the DDFP local control panel selector switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.  


Procedure Number Ver Farley Nuclear Plant SHARED                                                                            FNP-0-SOP-61.0   46.0 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND                            Page Number 1/17/2013 20:13:39                                                                       9 of 24 YARD MAIN NOTE The RESET pushbutton may have to be pushed more than once to light these indications.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 1/17/2013 20:13:39 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND YARD MAIN Page Number 9 of 24 NOTE The RESET pushbutton may have to be pushed more than once to light these indications.
4.6.3     IF necessary, THEN perform the following to verify the BATT A CONNECTED and BATT B CONNECTED lights are lit:
4.6.3 IF necessary, THEN perform the following to verify the BATT A CONNECTED and BATT B CONNECTED lights are lit:
4.6.3.1     At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
4.6.3.1 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
RESET pushbuttons for the following:
RESET pushbuttons for the following:
4.6.3.1.1       AC mini breaker.
4.6.3.1.1 AC mini breaker.
4.6.3.1.2       DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.6.3.1.3       DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.6.3.2     Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
4.6.3.1.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.6.3.1.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.6.3.2 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
NOTE IF engine does not start within 10 seconds, THEN the red START FAILURE light will energize.
NOTE IF engine does not start within 10 seconds, THEN the red START FAILURE light will energize.
4.6.4     Depress and maintain depressed the ENGINE START pushbutton for a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the selected DDFP starts.
4.6.4 Depress and maintain depressed the ENGINE START pushbutton for a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the selected DDFP starts.
4.6.5     IF the engine does not start, as indicated by the START FAILURE light lit, THEN perform the following:
4.6.5 IF the engine does not start, as indicated by the START FAILURE light lit, THEN perform the following:
4.6.5.1     Release START pushbutton.
4.6.5.1 Release START pushbutton.
4.6.5.2     Reset controller by depressing RESET pushbutton.
4.6.5.2 Reset controller by depressing RESET pushbutton.
4.6.5.3     Return to step 4.6.2, this time selecting the alternate option (MAN A OR MAN B) for second start attempt.
4.6.5.3 Return to step 4.6.2, this time selecting the alternate option (MAN A OR MAN B) for second start attempt.
CAUTION Failure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.
CAUTION Failure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.
4.6.6     IF jockey pump is running, THEN place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP to secure the jockey pump.
4.6.6 IF jockey pump is running, THEN place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP to secure the jockey pump.  


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                           Page 1 of 6
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.
: k. In Plant JPM SO-386 TITLE: Commence A Waste Gas Release EVALUATION LOCATION:               SIMULATOR           CONTROL ROOM     X PLANT PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN     SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:       N/A ALTERNATE PATH             TIME CRITICAL           PRA____
Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: k. In Plant JPM SO-386 TITLE: Commence A Waste Gas Release EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA____
JPM DIRECTIONS:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
Line 1,174: Line 1,750:
* Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.
* Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:         Satisfactory                 Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                              Aaron Forsha            Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                  SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                                   Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
: a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
: b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
: b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
: c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
: c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
: d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
: d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
: e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0.
: e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0.
Line 1,188: Line 1,765:
Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.
Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                           STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
START TIME
STANDARDS:
*1.   (step 4.1.7)                                 TPNS number is recorded in SOP-     S / U Open #3 WGDT outlet valve Q2G22V019C          51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counter-clockwise.
(CIRCLE)
START TIME  
*1.
(step 4.1.7)
Open #3 WGDT outlet valve Q2G22V019C TPNS number is recorded in SOP-51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counter-clockwise.
(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
S / U  
*2.
(step 4.1.8)
Open bank A GDT bank outlet valve Q2G22V017.
TPNS number is recorded in SOP-51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counterclockwise.
(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
*2.   (step 4.1.8)                                 TPNS number is recorded in SOP-      S / U Open bank A GDT bank outlet valve          51.1 and opened by turning the Q2G22V017.                                   handwheel counterclockwise.
S / U
: 3.
(Step 4.1.9.1)
Verify RCV-14 flow controller is set at zero position.
RCV-14 flow controller is verified at zero demand.
(CUE: the identified controller is as you described)
S / U
: 4.
(step 4.1.9.2)
Verify the plant vent pressure regulator Q2G22V205 is set for 15 psi.
Checks setpoint on plant vent pressure regulator.
(CUE: the identified indicator is as you described.)
S / U  
*5.
(step 4.1.10)
Using Master Valve key, unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation Q2G22V089.
unlocks and turns handwheel counterclockwise until opened.
(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
: 3.    (Step 4.1.9.1)                                RCV-14 flow controller is verified  S / U Verify RCV-14 flow controller is set at zero  at zero demand.
S / U  
position.                                    (CUE: the identified controller is as you described)
: 4.    (step 4.1.9.2)                                Checks setpoint on plant vent        S / U Verify the plant vent pressure regulator      pressure regulator.
Q2G22V205 is set for 15 psi.                  (CUE: the identified indicator is as you described.)
*5.    (step 4.1.10)                                unlocks and turns handwheel          S / U Using Master Valve key, unlock and open      counterclockwise until opened.
RCV-14 upstream isolation Q2G22V089.          (CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                                 Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.
ELEMENTS:                                         STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
*6.   (step 4.1.11)                               turns handwheel counterclockwise    S / U Open the RCV-14 downstream isolation       until opened Q2G22V207.                                  (CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
ELEMENTS:
*7.   (step 4.1.12)                               handswitch is turned to open.        S / U Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent     Observes the green light lit with stack Q2G22V206, RCV-14 hand switch to     zero demand on the controller.
STANDARDS:
open.                                      (CUE: The identified handswitch is as you described and the green light is lit.)
(CIRCLE)  
: 8.   (step 4.1.13)
*6.
* Start time and tank pressure are S / U Record start time and tank pressure in          recorded in SOP-51.0.
(step 4.1.11)
SOP-51.0 and notify the Shift Radio            (The current time is the start Chemist.                                        time and #3 WGDT [2-PIS-1038] pressure is 60 psig.)
Open the RCV-14 downstream isolation Q2G22V207.
turns handwheel counterclockwise until opened (CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
S / U
*7.
(step 4.1.12)
Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent stack Q2G22V206, RCV-14 hand switch to open.
handswitch is turned to open.
Observes the green light lit with zero demand on the controller.
(CUE: The identified handswitch is as you described and the green light is lit.)
S / U
: 8.
(step 4.1.13)
Record start time and tank pressure in SOP-51.0 and notify the Shift Radio Chemist.
* Ensure examinee identifies correct pressure indicator and range.
* Start time and tank pressure are recorded in SOP-51.0.
(The current time is the start time and #3 WGDT [2-PIS-1038] pressure is 60 psig.)
* Shift Radio chemist notified.
* Shift Radio chemist notified.
* Ensure examinee identifies correct    (CUE: Shift Radio chemist pressure indicator and range.          acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)
(CUE: Shift Radio chemist acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)
*9.   (step 4.1.14) Slowly open GDT discharge     HIK-014 adjusted open.              S / U valve to plant vent RCV-14 using the Waste Observes the red light lit with Gas Discharge Control HIK-014 on the       demand on the controller.
S / U
Waste Gas Panel and verify the following:   (CUE: the red light is lit.)
*9.
(step 4.1.14) Slowly open GDT discharge valve to plant vent RCV-14 using the Waste Gas Discharge Control HIK-014 on the Waste Gas Panel and verify the following:
(See 10 below)
(See 10 below)
: 10.     (step 4.1.14.1)                           Observes R-14 count rate is         S / U Verify R-14 count rate is less than        increasing and above R-14 R-14 setpoint                            setpoint. [May call Control Room]
HIK-014 adjusted open.
Observes the red light lit with demand on the controller.
(CUE: the red light is lit.)
S / U
: 10. (step 4.1.14.1)
Verify R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint Observes R-14 count rate is increasing and above R-14 setpoint. [May call Control Room]
(CUE: R-14 reads 5,000 counts and is steady)
(CUE: R-14 reads 5,000 counts and is steady)
: 11.   (step 4.1.14.2)                             Observes The pressure in GDT is     S / U Checks rate of pressure decrease.          decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
S / U
: 11. (step 4.1.14.2)
Checks rate of pressure decrease.
Observes The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
(CUE: 5 minutes have passed and pressure has dropped 2 psi)
(CUE: 5 minutes have passed and pressure has dropped 2 psi)
S / U


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                                       Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.
ELEMENTS:                                               STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: 12.     (step 4.1.15)                                   Observes that only the tank which    S / U Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during     is being released exhibits a the release.                                    pressure decrease.
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
: 12. (step 4.1.15)
Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release.
Observes that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease.
(CUE: #3 WGDT pressure is decreasing slowly, all other pressures are steady)
(CUE: #3 WGDT pressure is decreasing slowly, all other pressures are steady)
STOP TIME Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.
S / U STOP TIME Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.
CUE: Another operator will continue from here.
CUE: Another operator will continue from here.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () preceding the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () preceding the element number.
Line 1,229: Line 1,857:


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1.       FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Version 49.2
: 1.
: 2.       FNP-2-CCP-213.1, Version 19.0
FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Version 49.2
: 3.       Technical Specification
: 2.
: 4.       K/As: 071A2.02         RO-3.3       SRO-3.6 071A4.09       RO-3.3       SRO-3.5 071A4.26       RO-3.1       SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
FNP-2-CCP-213.1, Version 19.0
: 3.
Technical Specification
: 4.
K/As: 071A2.02 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 071A4.09 RO-3.3 SRO-3.5 071A4.26 RO-3.1 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
Element                                           Evaluation 1, 2     Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
Element Evaluation 1, 2 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
3, 4     NOT Critical: Components are normally in the required position, and do not have to be manipulated for successful completion of this task.
3, 4 NOT Critical: Components are normally in the required position, and do not have to be manipulated for successful completion of this task.
5-7       Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
5-7 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
8       NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).
8 NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).
9       Critical: Required for task completion: required to open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.
9 Critical: Required for task completion: required to open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.
10       NOT Critical: No alarming condition exists.
10 NOT Critical: No alarming condition exists.
11       NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.
11 NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.
12       NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.
12 NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  
 
This page is intentionally blank.


This page is intentionally blank.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                                 Page 1 of 2 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
Page 1 of 2 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
: a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
: b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
: b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
: c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
: c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
: d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
: d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
: e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0.
: e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0.
: f. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Appendix 3, has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
: f. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Appendix 3, has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
: g. You have the Radside watch station keys.
: g. You have the Radside watch station keys.
Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.
Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.  


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                     Page 2 of 2 RType G2.57 BATCH GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PERMIT WASTE GAS DECAY TANK UNIT #___2_____                                                 GWRP # NRC JPM
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 2 of 2 RType G2.57 BATCH GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PERMIT WASTE GAS DECAY TANK UNIT #___2_____ GWRP # NRC JPM PART I Operational Data:
PART I Operational Data:
Gas Decay Tank No. 3_____________ Tank Pressure ___60(psig)
Gas Decay Tank No. 3_____________ Tank Pressure ___60(psig)
Release Permit requested by: Shift Supervisor____
Release Permit requested by: Shift Supervisor____
Date _____Today______ Time __2 hours ago
Date _____Today______ Time __2 hours ago PART II Pre-Release Data:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART II Pre-Release Data:
RELEASE ESTIMATES FOR THIS SOURCE - See Attached Maximum Monitor Setpoint: RE-14 ________14,000_ CPM Comment: ______________________________________________________________________
RELEASE ESTIMATES FOR THIS SOURCE - See Attached Maximum Monitor Setpoint: RE-14 ________14,000_ CPM Comment: ______________________________________________________________________
This permit authorizes the Batch Release of Gas Decay Tank No. 3__at a release rate of ___100__cfm with a MINIMUM of ______1_________ (enter 1 or 2) Fan Operation.
This permit authorizes the Batch Release of Gas Decay Tank No. 3__at a release rate of ___100__cfm with a MINIMUM of ______1_________ (enter 1 or 2) Fan Operation.
Start Date ___Today____         Expiration Date ___2 days from today____
Start Date ___Today____ Expiration Date ___2 days from today____
Approved by: __Shift Radiochemist_____________________ Date ____Today
Approved by: __Shift Radiochemist_____________________ Date ____Today
___ Time _____:__1 hour ago___
___ Time _____:__1 hour ago___
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART III Operational Data:
PART III Operational Data:
Actual number of AUX BLDG MAIN EXHAUST FANS in operation: __________ (1 or 2)
Actual number of AUX BLDG MAIN EXHAUST FANS in operation: __________ (1 or 2)
RE14 SETPOINT CHANGE REQUIRED (   ) Yes (x) No AS FOUND SETPOINT 10,000cpm ( )N/A     ____________
RE14 SETPOINT CHANGE REQUIRED ( ) Yes (x) No AS FOUND SETPOINT 10,000cpm ( )N/A ____________
AS LEFT SETPOINT _____ cpm ( )N/A   AS LEFT SETPOINT VERIFIED BY:           (I&C)
AS LEFT SETPOINT _____ cpm ( )N/A AS LEFT SETPOINT VERIFIED BY: (I&C)
DATE________ TIME__________
DATE________ TIME__________
RE14 CAL DUE DATE: Next Month __________
RE14 CAL DUE DATE: Next Month __________
RE-14 Reading During Release __________ cpm Post Release: ___________cpm WGDT #________ Initial Pressure _________ psig Final Pressure: ___________ psig SOP OTC #
RE-14 Reading During Release __________ cpm Post Release: ___________cpm WGDT #________ Initial Pressure _________ psig Final Pressure: ___________ psig SOP OTC #
RELEASE START DATE ___/___/___   TIME: ___:___
RELEASE START DATE ___/___/___ TIME: ___:___
RELEASE END DATE _ __/___/___     TIME: ___:___
RELEASE END DATE _ __/___/___ TIME: ___:___
RELEASE CONDUCTED BY: _____________________
RELEASE CONDUCTED BY: _____________________
Data Reviewed by: __________________________ Date ___/___/___ Time _____:_____
Data Reviewed by: __________________________ Date ___/___/___ Time _____:_____
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART IV CHM UPDATE:
PART IV CHM UPDATE:
FOR DOSE CALCULATIONS - See Attached FOR RELEASE RATES AND DURATION - See Attached Comment: ______________________________________________________________________
FOR DOSE CALCULATIONS - See Attached FOR RELEASE RATES AND DURATION - See Attached Comment: ______________________________________________________________________
Permit Updated by: ________________________ Date: ___/___/___ Time _____:_____
Permit Updated by: ________________________ Date: ___/___/___ Time _____:_____
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHM Form 1706.1E  
CHM Form 1706.1E


01/17/13 20:30:46             UNIT 2                              FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 APPENDIX 3 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE Completed By                                                 Date Verified By                                                 Date Reviewed By                                                   Date This appendix consists of 9 pages.
UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Version 49.2 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 APPENDIX 3 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE Completed By Date Verified By Date Reviewed By Date This appendix consists of 9 pages.  
Version 49.2


01/17/13 20:30:46                     UNIT 2                                      FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0   Purpose This appendix provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack.
UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 1 of 9 Version 49.2 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This appendix provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack.
Instructions are included in the following sections.
Instructions are included in the following sections.
4.1     Gas Decay Tank Release 4.2     Radiation Monitor R-0014 Check 2.0   Initial Conditions 2.1     The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
4.1 Gas Decay Tank Release 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-0014 Check 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498) 2.2     This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3     The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per System Check List FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per System Check List FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
2.4     The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
2.4 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
2.5     Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
2.5 Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
2.6     The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
2.6 The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
2.7     The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
2.7 The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
Page 1 of 9                               Version 49.2
 
UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 2 of 9 Version 49.2 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
3.3 IF either R-14, R-14s alarm, or R-14s automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODCM action requirements are met.
3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tank's contained volume.
3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required.


01/17/13 20:30:46                   UNIT 2                                      FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 3.0   Precautions and Limitations 3.1    Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 3 of 9 Version 49.2 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
3.2    IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-0-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
3.3    IF either R-14, R-14s alarm, or R-14s automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODCM action requirements are met.
CAUTION:
3.4    Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tank's contained volume.
Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.
3.5   When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required.
4.1 WGDT No.
Page 2 of 9                              Version 49.2
Release Permit No.
NOTE:
Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.
4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.
4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE 1 GDT BANK GDT OUTLET VALVE GDT INLET VALVE GDT BANK INLET VALVE GDT BANK OUTLET VALVE 1
A 2-GWD-V-7823A (Q2G22V019A) 2-GWD-V-7820A (Q2G22V025A) 2-GWD-V-7818 (Q2G22V029) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 2 A
2-GWD-V-7823B (Q2G22V019B) 2-GWD-V-7820B (Q2G22V025B) 2-GWD-V-7818 (Q2G22V029) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 3 A
2-GWD-V-7823C (Q2G22V019C) 2-GWD-V-7820C (Q2G22V025C) 2-GWD-V-7818 (Q2G22V029) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 4 B
2-GWD-V-7833A (Q2G22V022A) 2-GWD-V-7830A (Q2G22V026A) 2-GWD-V-7828 (Q2G22V030) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 5 B
2-GWD-V-7833B (Q2G22V022B) 2-GWD-V-7830B (Q2G22V026B) 2-GWD-V-7828 (Q2G22V030) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 6 B
2-GWD-V-7833C (Q2G22V022C) 2-GWD-V-7830C (Q2G22V026C) 2-GWD-V-7828 (Q2G22V030) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886A (Q2G22V074A) 2-GWD-V-7883A (Q2G22V085A) 2-GWD-V-7881 (Q2G22V083) 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B (Q2G22V074B) 2-GWD-V-7883B (Q2G22V085B) 2-GWD-V-7881 (Q2G22V083) 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076)
NRC JPM


01/17/13 20:30:46                 UNIT 2                                    FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.0    Instructions NOTE:     Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-0-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 4 of 9 Version 49.2 NOTE:
CAUTION:        Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.
Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
NRC JPM 4.1    WGDT No.              Release Permit No.                                .
4.1.2 Check recorder RR0100 (point RR14 or RR22) in operation OR check that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) System (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.
NOTE:      Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.
NOTE:
4.1.1      Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:
The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
NOTE:      Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
4.1.3 For the operable rad monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22. Actual setpoint will be found in the Target Setpoint column of the table at end of FNP-2-CCP-213.1, per footnote 5 of that table.
4.1.1.1      Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.
Actual Setpoint
4.1.1.2      Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE 1 GDT OUTLET        GDT INLET        GDT BANK            GDT BANK GDT    BANK          VALVE              VALVE          INLET VALVE      OUTLET VALVE 1      A      2-GWD-V-7823A      2-GWD-V-7820A    2-GWD-V-7818      2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019A)       (Q2G22V025A)     (Q2G22V029)        (Q2G22V017) 2      A      2-GWD-V-7823B      2-GWD-V-7820B    2-GWD-V-7818      2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019B)      (Q2G22V025B)      (Q2G22V029)        (Q2G22V017) 3     A      2-GWD-V-7823C      2-GWD-V-7820C    2-GWD-V-7818      2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019C)      (Q2G22V025C)      (Q2G22V029)        (Q2G22V017) 4      B      2-GWD-V-7833A      2-GWD-V-7830A    2-GWD-V-7828      2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A)      (Q2G22V026A)      (Q2G22V030)        (Q2G22V020) 5     B      2-GWD-V-7833B      2-GWD-V-7830B    2-GWD-V-7828      2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)      (Q2G22V026B)      (Q2G22V030)        (Q2G22V020) 6      B      2-GWD-V-7833C      2-GWD-V-7830C    2-GWD-V-7828      2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022C)      (Q2G22V026C)      (Q2G22V030)        (Q2G22V020) 7    SHUT-    2-GWD-V-7886A      2-GWD-V-7883A    2-GWD-V-7881      2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN    (Q2G22V074A)      (Q2G22V085A)      (Q2G22V083)        (Q2G22V076) 8    SHUT-    2-GWD-V-7886B      2-GWD-V-7883B    2-GWD-V-7881      2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN    (Q2G22V074B)      (Q2G22V085B)      (Q2G22V083)        (Q2G22V076)
Page 3 of 9                            Version 49.2


01/17/13 20:30:46                  UNIT 2                                      FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 NOTE:    Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
===Background===
4.1.2      Check recorder RR0100 (point RR14 or RR22) in operation OR check that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) System (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.
R-14 R-22 4.1.4 Check Actual Setpoints in step 4.1.3 are < setpoint on release permit Section II.
NOTE:    The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
4.1.5 Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate 4.1.6 Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure.
4.1.3      For the operable rad monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22. Actual setpoint will be found in the Target Setpoint column of the table at end of FNP-2-CCP-213.1, per footnote 5 of that table.
10,000 cpm 400 cpm 75,000 cfm
Actual Setpoint              Background 10,000 cpm                400 cpm R-14 R-22 4.1.4     Check Actual Setpoints in step 4.1.3 are < setpoint on release permit Section II.
4.1.5     Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate 75,000 cfm                  .
4.1.6     Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure.
Page 4 of 9                                Version 49.2


01/17/13 20:30:46                 UNIT 2                                    FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 NOTE:     Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 5 of 9 Version 49.2 NOTE:
4.1.7     Open gas decay tank outlet valve.
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve.
(Record TPNS from Table 2).
(Record TPNS from Table 2).
4.1.8     Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve.
4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve.
(Record TPNS from Table 2).
(Record TPNS from Table 2).
TABLE 2 GDT OUTLET             GDT BANK GDT          BANK              VALVE            OUTLET VALVE 1               A         2-GWD-V-7823A       2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019A)        (Q2G22V017) 2               A         2-GWD-V-7823B       2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019B)        (Q2G22V017) 3               A         2-GWD-V-7823C       2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019C)        (Q2G22V017) 4               B         2-GWD-V-7833A       2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A)        (Q2G22V020) 5               B         2-GWD-V-7833B       2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)        (Q2G22V020) 6               B         2-GWD-V-7833C       2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022C)        (Q2G22V020) 7         SHUT-DOWN       2-GWD-V-7886A       2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074A)        (Q2G22V076) 8         SHUT-DOWN       2-GWD-V-7886B       2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074B)        (Q2G22V076) 4.1.9     Verify the following:
TABLE 2 GDT BANK GDT OUTLET VALVE GDT BANK OUTLET VALVE 1
4.1.9.1     RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.
A 2-GWD-V-7823A (Q2G22V019A) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 2 A
4.1.9.2     Plant vent pressure regulator 2-GWD-V-7896 (Q2G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).
2-GWD-V-7823B (Q2G22V019B) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 3 A
4.1.10     Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).
2-GWD-V-7823C (Q2G22V019C) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 4 B
4.1.11     Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).
2-GWD-V-7833A (Q2G22V022A) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 5 B
4.1.12     Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.
2-GWD-V-7833B (Q2G22V022B) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 6 B
Page 5 of 9                              Version 49.2
2-GWD-V-7833C (Q2G22V022C) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886A (Q2G22V074A) 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B (Q2G22V074B) 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:
4.1.9.1 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.
4.1.9.2 Plant vent pressure regulator 2-GWD-V-7896 (Q2G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).
4.1.10 Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).
4.1.11 Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).
4.1.12 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.  


01/17/13 20:30:46             UNIT 2                                      FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.1.13 Perform the following:
UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 6 of 9 Version 49.2 4.1.13 Perform the following:  
Record Start Time Record Initial Tank Press               PSIG Notify the Shift Radiochemist 4.1.14 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:

4.1.14.1     R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
Record Start Time  
4.1.14.2     The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour. (This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)

Record Initial Tank Press PSIG  

Notify the Shift Radiochemist 4.1.14 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:
4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour. (This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)
4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease OR increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor.
4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease OR increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor.
4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN perform the following:
4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN perform the following:
4.1.16.1     Turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSE.
4.1.16.1 Turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSE.
4.1.16.2     Position WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014 to zero.
4.1.16.2 Position WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014 to zero.
4.1.17 Record the following:
4.1.17 Record the following:
Stop Time Tank Press                         PSIG Final R-14 count rate                       CPM Final R-22 count rate                       CPM 4.1.17.1     Notify the Shift Radiochemist of the above recorded items.
Stop Time Tank Press PSIG Final R-14 count rate CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM 4.1.17.1 Notify the Shift Radiochemist of the above recorded items.
4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).
4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).  
Page 6 of 9                                Version 49.2


01/17/13 20:30:46             UNIT 2                                    FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).
UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 7 of 9 Version 49.2 4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).
4.1.20 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8 (Record TPNS).
4.1.20 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8 (Record TPNS).
4.1.21 Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7 (Record TPNS).
4.1.21 Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7 (Record TPNS).
4.1.22 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release of R-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RR0100 (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
4.1.22 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release of R-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RR0100 (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
R-14 Average                                     Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)
R-14 Average Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)
R-22 Average                                     Recorder/RMDA (circle one used) 4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit.
R-22 Average Recorder/RMDA (circle one used) 4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit.
Operator Date 4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
Operator Date 4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
4.1.25 Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve IV                 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) is closed.
4.1.25 Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve IV 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) is closed.
4.1.26 Independently verify RCV-14 upstream isolation valve IV                 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) is closed & locked.
4.1.26 Independently verify RCV-14 upstream isolation valve IV 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) is closed & locked.  
Page 7 of 9                              Version 49.2


01/17/13 20:30:46                   UNIT 2                                      FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.2     Radiation Monitor R-14 Check 4.2.1     Verify the following RCV-14 isolation valves are closed before performing this test:
UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 8 of 9 Version 49.2 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-14 Check 4.2.1 Verify the following RCV-14 isolation valves are closed before performing this test:
[]     2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089)
[]
[]     2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) 4.2.2     Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.
2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089)
4.2.3     Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
[]
NOTE: x Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked N/A (NOT APPLICABLE).
2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) 4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.
x Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 105 cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 105 cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
4.2.4     Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows:
NOTE:  Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked N/A (NOT APPLICABLE).
4.2.4.1       Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
 Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 105 cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 105 cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
4.2.4.2       Check HIGH ALARM is received.
4.2.4 Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows:
4.2.4.3       IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
4.2.4.4       Check 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.4.2 Check HIGH ALARM is received.
4.2.4.5       Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
4.2.4.6       Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.4.4 Check 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.4.7       Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
4.2.4.8       Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.4.9       Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.4.10     Proceed to step 4.1.7.
4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
Page 8 of 9                              Version 49.2
4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.4.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.  


01/17/13 20:30:46                   UNIT 2                                  FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.2.5     Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert a test signal N/A                      as follows:
UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 9 of 9 Version 49.2 4.2.5 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert a test signal as follows:
4.2.5.1       Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
I&C 4.2.5.2       Adjust A-1 R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
I&C 4.2.5.2 Adjust A-1 R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
I&C 4.2.5.3       Check that 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
I&C 4.2.5.3 Check that 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.5.4       Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened.
4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened.
4.2.5.5       Adjust A-1 R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
4.2.5.5 Adjust A-1 R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
I&C 4.2.5.6       Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR I&C                                   switch.
I&C 4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR I&C switch.
4.2.5.7       Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.5.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
I&C 4.2.5.8       Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.5.9       Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
I&C 4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
N/A                      4.2.5.10     Proceed to step 4.1.7.
4.2.5.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.
5.0   References 5.1   P&ID, D-205042, sheets 5 and 6, Waste Processing System 5.2   Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3   FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL (Corporate Documentum) 5.4   FSAR Vol. XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.6   FNP-0-CCP-213 Page 9 of 9                              Version 49.2}}
5.0 References 5.1 P&ID, D-205042, sheets 5 and 6, Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL (Corporate Documentum) 5.4 FSAR Vol. XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 N/A N/A}}

Latest revision as of 22:09, 10 January 2025

Initial Exam 2013-301 Final Sim and Inplant JPMs
ML14091A210
Person / Time
Site: Farley  Southern Nuclear icon.png
Issue date: 04/01/2014
From:
Division of Reactor Safety II
To:
Southern Nuclear Operating Co
References
Download: ML14091A210 (102)


Text

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.

Page 1 of 5 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME: 10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-217 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
4. Allow student time to review control board.
5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Correctly align emergency boration to the charging pump suction.
  • Complete step 4 RNO of ESP-0.1 and align Letdown on service.
  • Complete ESP-0.1 attachment 2 to align the RWST to the charging pump suctions.
  • Increase charging flow to >92 gpm.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.

Page 1 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
b. CVCS is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
c. 1A BAT is on service, 1B BAT is in standby.
d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to complete the actions of ESP-0.1, beginning at step 4.

INITIATING CUE: You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME Candidate will evaluate step 4 and determine there is one stuck rod. The RNO steps are below.

1. (step 4.1 RNO)

Start 1A or 1B boric acid transfer pump.

1A or 1B BAT Pump hand switch taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT.

S / U NOTE:

NO flow will be observed after opening MOV8104 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter. It is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2:

Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1).

Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3).

Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through FI-110. (Element

4)

May use AOP-27.0 guidance (STEP 2-NOTE: and align flow through FCV113A&B to attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP-27 are consistent with these elements.

The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, valves, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures; NO flow indicated locally on FI-110A. If Boric Acid filter DP directed to be checked, then inform the Control room that the D/P is 35 psid.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.

Page 2 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

2. (step 4.2.1 RNO)

Align normal emergency boration flow path.

Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG PUMP SUCT MOV8104.

Observes MOV8104 RED light is LIT.

S / U

3. (step 4.2.2 RNO)

IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath is NOT available then align manual emergency boration flowpath.

Directs Radside SO to open V185 OPENS FCV113A (may also open FCV113B while waiting on local actions per AOP-27)

Uses Gaitronics to contact Radside SO. Directs Opening of V185 per RNO step 4.2.2 of ESP-0.1.

CUE from Booth operator:

Radside SO acknowledges AFTER 1 minute: CUE from Booth operator: Radside operator reports V185 is open.

OPENS FCV-113A. Observes FCV113A RED light is LIT.

S / U NOTE:

  • Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown).
  • ARP-1.4 DE1, which will come into alarm if the actions above are not taken, and would direct the adjustment of charging flow, if addressed.
4. (step 4.3.1 RNO)

Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.

OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM HV8149A.

Observes HV8149A RED light is LIT.

S / U

5. (step 4.3.2 RNO)

Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service.

OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM HV8149B or C.

Observes HV8149B or C RED light is LIT.

S / U

6. (step 4.4.1 RNO)

Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.

Adjust charging flow to greater than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122. Observes FI-122A reads >40 gpm.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.

Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

7. (step 4.4.2/3/4 RNO)

Check emergency or manual emergency boration flow greater than 30 gpm.

Check emergency & manual boration flow greater than 30 gpm.

Observes FI-110 and/or FI-113 indicate <30 gpm.

IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator: RADSIDE SO reports FI-110A indicates < 10 gpm.

S / U NOTE:

Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.

Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the aligned flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.

8. (ATT 2 step 1)

Verify 1C CHG PUMP header valves open.

Verifies 1C CHG PUMP HDR valves open. Observes CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO MOV 8132A, 8132B, 8133A & 8133B RED lights are LIT.

S / U

9. (ATT 2 step 2)

Check boration flow adequate.

Determine that NO boration flow from any boration flow path is available.

Observes FI-110 and FI-113 indicates <10 gpm.

IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator: RADSIDE SO reports FI-110A indicates < 10 gpm.

S / U

  • 10. (ATT 2 step 2 RNO)

Align charging pump suction to RWST.

Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves LCV115B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO LCV115C & E.

Observes LCV115B & D red lights are LIT, LCV115C & E GREEN lights are LIT.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.

Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

11. (ATT 2 step 3.1)

Verify charging pump discharge flow path -

ALIGNED.

Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN HX MOV8107 & MOV8108 open.

Observes MOV8107 & 8108 RED lights are LIT.

S / U

12. (ATT 2 step 3.2)

Verify only one charging line valve - OPEN.

Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE HV8146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE HV8147 OPEN.

Observes Q1E21HV8146 OR HV8147 RED light is LIT.

S / U NOTE:

Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 (while placing letdown in service).

  • 13. (ATT 2 step 3.3 RNO)

Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm.

CHG FLOW FK 122 manually adjusted as necessary. Observes FI-122A indicates >92 gpm.

S / U STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

FNP-1-ESP-0.1, Version 32.0

2.

Technical Specifications

3.

K/As: 024AA2.02 RO-3.9 SRO-4.4 024AA2.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

1. None Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation

1. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
2. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
3. Not critical Aligning manual emergency makeup is an alternative path that could

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.

Page 5 of 7 be taken, but is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.

4. Not critical: Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure.
5. Not critical: Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure.
6. Not critical since this flow is not sufficient for the required supply. However this is the step at which the required flow is likely to be achieved.
7. Not critical since this step is a check and improper evaluation alone does not constitute the critical step.
8. Not critical since these valves are open
9. Not critical since the BA filter is clogged.
10. Critical: Align charging pump suction to RWST since these MOVs are closed and this is required to align boration flow to the chg pump suctions.
11. not critical since these valves are open
12. not critical since one of these valves is open
13. Critical: Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to > 92 gpm until this step.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.

Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
b. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
c. 1A BAT is on service, 1B BAT is in standby.
d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to complete the actions of ESP-0.1, beginning at step 4.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.

Page 1 of 7 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

b. Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And Aligned EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-218 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL _ PRA X_

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
4. Allow student time to review control board.
5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated and Aligned.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.

Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection has occurred.
b. EEP-0 is in progress.
c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to perform Attachment 2 Automatic Actions Verification, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

1.

(step 11.1)

Verify PHASE A CTMT ISO actuated.

Checks MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11-1 lights LIT.

Observes both are not LIT.

S / U

2.

(step 11.1)

Actuate train A CTMT ISO PHASE A.

Train A CTMT ISO PHASE A hand switch placed to actuate. Observes nothing happens.

S / U NOTE:

The following B train components will be NOT be capable of being isolated requiring the A train equivalent to be closed:

o MLB 2 15-1, Q1E21MOV8100 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO o MLB 2 19-3 QSV47HV3625 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)

A train B train system HV8112 - closed HV8100 (can not be closed) Seal Return (MCB)

F001A/3A (start)

F001B/3B (start) 1A/B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)

HV3622 - closed HV3623 - closed COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)

HV3624 - closed HV3625 (can not be closed)

CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)

F002A - (start)

F002B - (start)

CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)

HV3626 - closed HV3627 - closed COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP HV3628 - closed HV3629 - closed CONT RM UTILITY EXH

3.

(step 11.2)

Check all MLB 2 lights lit.

Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT LIT.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.

Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

NOTE:

CRITICAL COMPONENTS are listed below and Annotated with # symbol in ELEMENT 4.

  • 4.

(step 11.2 RNO)

Verifies Phase A CTMT isolation using attachment 3.

For each light not LIT, the handswitch for the component is taken to the required position to ensure MLB 2 light LIT.

S / U NOTE:

THE BELOW CHART IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS AN EXAMINER AIDE.

SHADED BOXES DESIGNATE THE INDICATING LIGHT IS INTIALLY LIT.

If all MLB-2 lights for A train are LIT and all but 2 lights for B train are LIT, then all of the elements are considered sat. The table is provided as an enhancement, for the examiner, for marking which components have been manipulated.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.

Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 4.

CONTINUED 1-2 1-3 1-4 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 5-1 (#)

5-2 5-4 6-2 6-3 TDAFWP STM SUPP WARMUP ISO (BOP)-

Q1N12HV3234A SW TO TURB BLDG ISO A TRN-Q1P16V515 SW TO TURB BLDG ISO B TRN-Q1P16V517 CTMT ATMOS TO R-11/12 ISO (BOP)-

Q1E14HV3657 CTMT ATMOS TO R-11/12 ISO (BOP)-

Q1E14MOV3660 CTMT P ISO (BOP)-Q1E14MOV3318B RX CAV CLG DMPR (BOP)-Q1E12HV3999A CHEM ADD TO 1A SG ISO (BOP)

Q1N25HV3772A CHEM ADD TO 1B SG ISO (BOP)-

Q1N25HV3772B CHEM ADD TO 1C SG ISO (BOP)-

Q1N25HV3772C CCW FROM EXC LTDN/RCDT HXS-Q1P17HV3443 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO-Q1E21MOV8112 LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM-Q1E21HV8149A LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM-Q1E21HV8149C CTMT SUMP DISCH (BOP)-Q1G21HV3377 CTMT SUMP RECIRC (BOP)

Q1G21HV3380 S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.

Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 4.

CONTINUED 7-1 8-1 (# OR 19-1) 8-3 9-1 (# or 20-1) 10-1 (# or 19-2 )

10-2 (#)

10-3 (# or 20-2) 10-4 (# or 20-3)

RCDT VENT LINE ISO-Q1G21HV7126 1A CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)-QSV49F001A/3A RCS LOOPS 2 & 3 SAMPLE ISO (BOP)-

Q1P15HV3765 1A CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)-

QSV49F002A COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)-

QSV47HV3622 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-QSV47HV3624 COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-

QSV47HV3626 CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)-

QSV49HV3628 S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U S / U BEGIN B TRAIN 15-1 (Unable To Close and Remain Closed)

RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO Q1E21MOV8100 NOTE: Valve will stroke closed, but will IMMEDIATELY re-open.

S / U 19-1 (# or 8-1) 1B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)

QSV49F001B/3B S / U 19-2 (# or 10-1)

COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)

QSV47HV3623 S / U 19-3 (Unable to Close)

CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)

QSV47HV3625 NOTE: Handswitch is disabled.

S / U 20-1 (# or 9-1) 1B CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)

QSV49F002B S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.

Page 6 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE) 20-2 (# or 10-3)

COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)

QSV47HV3627 S / U 20-3 (# or 10-4)

CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)

QSV49HV3629 S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0

2.

K/As: 013A4.01 RO-4.5 SRO-4.8 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1

NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.

2 NOT Critical: Action will be unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.

3 NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.

4 Critical: Task completion:

A TRAIN: 2 fans must be started and 22 valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation. OR for B Train: 2 fans must be started and 3 valves/dampers manually closed which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation. Only one set of valves/fans on each train is critical.

COMMENTS:

NONE

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.

Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection has occurred.
b. EEP-0 is in progress.
c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to perform Attachment 2 Automatic Actions Verification, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.

Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

c. Simulator JPM CRO-333C TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-219 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA ___

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
4. Allow student time to review control board.
5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Perform required actions to establish Cold and Hot Leg Recirculation.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.

Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

1.

(step 1.1)

Verify A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS ISO MOV8888A and 8888B closed.

Handswitches for MOV8888A & B are taken to CLOSE.

Observes red lights out and green lights lit.

S / U

2.

(step 1.1)

Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON MOV8887A and 8887B.

Handswitches for MOV8887A & B are taken to OPEN. Observes green lights out and red lights lit.

S / U

3.

(step 1.1)

Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889.

Handswitch for MOV8889 taken to OPEN.

(MOV8889 will not open)

Observes green light lit.

S / U NOTE: Either 8887A or 8887B closed will satisfy the critical task

  • 4.

(step 1 RNO)

Close RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON MOV8887A and 8887B Handswitches for MOV8887A & B are taken to CLOSE.

Observes red lights out and green lights lit.

S / U

5.

(step 1 RNO)

Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889 Light for MOV8889 checked.

Observes green light lit.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.

Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

NOTE: Either 8888A or 8888B Open will satisfy the critical task

  • 6.

(step 1 RNO)

Open A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS ISO MOV8888A and 8888B.

Handswitches for MOV8888A & B are taken to OPEN.

Observes green lights out and red lights lit.

S / U NOTE: Either elements 7-12 OR 13-16 will satisfy the critical task.

  • 7.

(step 2.1)

Stop 1A Chg Pump.

Handswitch for 1A Chg Pump taken to OFF.

Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.

S / U NOTE: Step 2.2 will be evaluated by the student as N/A.

  • 8.

(step 2.3)

Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves MOV8803A and B Handswitches for HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves MOV8803A & B taken to CLOSE.

Observes green lights lit.

S / U

  • 9.

(step 2.4)

Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT LEGS valve MOV8886.

Handswitch for MOV8886 taken to OPEN.

Observes green light out and red light lit.

S / U

  • 12.

(step 2.5)

Start either 1A or 1B Chg Pump.

Handswitch for 1A or 1B Chg Pump taken to START.

Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.

S / U

  • 13.

(step 3.1)

Stop 1C Chg Pump Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to OFF.

Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.

S / U

  • 14.

(step 3.2)

Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD LEGS valve MOV8885 Handswitch for MOV8885 taken to CLOSE.

Observes green light lit.

S / U

  • 15 (step 3.3)

Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve MOV8884 Handswitch for MOV8884 taken to OPEN.

Observes red light lit.

S / U

  • 16.

(step 3.4)

Start 1C Chg Pump Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to START.

Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.

Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

17.

(step 4)

Check at least one train of LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.

Alignment checked for proper LHSI and HHSI line-up.

S / U

18.

(step 5)

Verify SI flow stable Flow checked on FI-943, 940, HHSI Flow A (B) train recirc flow and FI-605A/605B RHR HDR flow.

S / U STOP TIME Terminate JPM after SI flow verified stable.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP ESP-1.4, Rev. 16.0
2. K/A: 006A4.07 RO-4.4 SRO-4.4 011EA1.11 RO-4.2 SRO-4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.

Page 5 of 6 Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1-3 NON Critical: System alignment and discovery of failed component MOV8889. The alignment of these components will not affect examinees ability to establish Low Head Cold leg Recirculation.

4 CRITICAL: Closing one MOV-8887A OR B is required for train separation.

5 NON Critical: MOV8889 is failed closed.

6 CRITICAL: Re-opening MOV8888A OR MOV8888B will establish low head cold leg recirculation.

7-12 CRITICAL: Elements 7-12 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.

13-16 CRITICAL: Elements 13-16 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.

17 NON Critical: Verification step only no action taken 18 NON Critical: Indication verification step only no action taken COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.

Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.

Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

d. Simulator JPM CRO-043A with high vibrations TITLE: Start the 1C RCP EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-220 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA ___

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre-job brief.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. After pre-job brief complete, allow student time to review control board.
4. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Startup the 1C RCP per FNP-1-SOP-1.1
  • Recognize RCP trip criteria being exceeded and
  • Trip the 1C RCP.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.

Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at ~ 360 °F.
b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
c. 1A and 1B RCPs are running.
d. RCS pressure is ~ 420 psig.
e. 1C RCP was secured to add oil to the upper reservoir. The oil addition is now complete.
f. Steps 4.3.1 through 4.3.10 of FNP-1-SOP-1.1 have been completed.
g. The pre-job brief that is required will be done in a briefing room and when the pre-job brief is concluded, you will start at step 4.3.11 to start the 1C RCP.

Your task is to continue the startup of the 1C RCP per SOP-1.1, starting at Step 4.3.11.

INITIATING CUE, You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

  • 1. (step 4.3.11)

Start the 1C RCP oil lift pump.

Handswitch for oil lift pump for 1C RCP taken to START. Observes the red indicating light comes on.

S / U

2. (step 4.3.12)

Verify 1C RCP SEAL LEAKOFF VALVE Q1E21HV-8141C is open.

Handswitch indication for HV-8141C checked.

Observes valve position indicator red light is lit.

S / U

3. (step 4.3.13)

Verify 1C RCP No. 1 seal leakoff flow rate is within the limits of Figure-1 Seal leakoff flow rate determined on PI-154A to be ~ 375 psig and FI-154A blue pen reads ~ 0.5 gpm.

Evaluates Figure-1 conditions SAT.

S / U

4. (step 4.3.14/15)

Verify that DC4, SEAL WTR INJ FLTR HI D/P and DD1, RCP SEAL INJ FLOW LO are clear.

Checks DC4 & DD1.

Observes the annunciators are not lit.

S / U

5. (step 4.3.16)

Verify all RCP No. 1 seal DPs are greater than 210 psid.

PI-156A, 155A, and 154A indication observed to be greater than 210 psid.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.

Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

6. (step 4.3.17)

Verify that DC3, RCP #1 SEAL LO D/P is clear.

Checks DC3 and Observes the annunciator is not lit.

S / U

7. (step 4.3.18)

Verify oil lift pump for 1C RCP has been running for at least two minutes and is producing adequate pressure.

Verifies at least two minutes has elapsed.

Observes the white indicating light is on above the 1C RCP oil lift pump handswitch.

S / U NOTE: High Vibration alarm will come in when Flow reaches 100%

  • 8. (step 4.3.19)

Start 1C RCP.

Pump handswitch placed to start with red handswitch indication. Observes FI-434/435/436 for increasing flow rate, then the flow indicators stabilize at ~ 115 %.

S / U

9. (step 4.3.20)

Verify 1C RCP amperage decreases to normal operating range 1C RCP AMPMETER checked to indicate ~ 840 amps.

S / U

10. (step 4.3.21)

Verify EF3, 1C RCS LOOP FLOW LO or C RCP BKR OPEN annunciator is clear.

Checks and Observes the annunciator is not lit.

S / U NOTE: Applicant may not have enough time to stop RCP oil lift pump if HIGH Vibration alarms come in before 1 minute elapsed. Leaving this pump running has no detrimental effect.

11. (step 4.3.22)

Stop the oil lift pump for 1C RCP after at least one minute of operation.

1C RCP Oil Lift Pump handswitch taken to stop.

Observes the pump breaker indicator green light lit.

S / U

12. Responds to annunciator HH4, RCP VIB TRBL Acknowledges annunciator(s) AND references ARP for HH4 S / U
13. (step 1 of HH4)

Monitor RCS flow, subcooling conditions and RCP run current to determine if low NPSH conditions exist.

Observes RCS flow, subcooling, and RCP current and determines NPSH is adequate.

S / U

14. (step 2 of HH4)

Monitor seal injection flow to insure a seal problem is not causing the increased vibration.

Observes Seal injection flows and trends and determines no problems.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.

Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

15. (step 3 of HH4)

Monitor RCP bearing temperatures.

On plant computer observes RCP bearing temperatures.

S / U CUE: After dispatched provide the following report. 1C RCP shaft vibration is reading 21 MILS and slowly increasing, frame vibration is reading 3.5 MILS and slowly increasing.

16. (step 4 of HH4)

Dispatch appropriate personnel to the 139' EPR to observe vibration monitoring equipment to determine affected pump, vibration level, and rate of increase.

Dispatches SSS or Radside to investigate vibration readings.

S / U

17. (step 5 of HH4)

IF Westinghouse has not been previously notified of an abnormal vibration on a RCP, THEN notify Westinghouse of the RCP vibration.

(Ref. Westinghouse Infogram IG95008A)

Notifies SSS or Shift Supervisor to make appropriate notifications.

S / U

  • 18. (step 6 of HH4)

IF shaft vibration is 15 MILS AND the rate of increase in vibration exceeds 1 MIL per hour OR shaft vibration under any conditions exceeds 20 MILS, THEN perform the following:

  • Stop the affected RCP.

Recognize conditions exceed RCP trip criteria and secures 1C RCP Observes the pump breaker indicator green light lit and amps decrease to zero.

S / U STOP TIME Terminate when 1C RCP is secured.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-SOP-1.1, Version 47.2
2. FNP-1-UOP-1.1, Version 94.3
3. FNP-1/2-SOP-2.1; Reference only, no steps or actions contained in the SOP.
4. FNP-1-ARP-1.8, Version 35.2
5. K/As: 003A1.01 RO-2.9 SRO-2.9 003A2.02 RO-3.7 SRO-3.9

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.

Page 5 of 6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1

Critical: Task completion: required to start the 1C RCP oil lift pump for successful completion of the task. In the plant if this is not done then the RCP amps will be higher than normal and a possible RCP trip could occur.

2 NOT Critical: Verifying components which are already in the required position.

3-6 NOT Critical: Verifying flows are within limits and alarms are cleared prior to starting the RCP.

7 NOT Critical: Verifying RCP oil lift pump white light is lit. This occurs w/i 2 minutes after the pump is started.

8 Critical: Task completion: This starts the 1C RCP which is the task at hand.

9-10 NOT Critical: to check alarms are clear and amps decrease.

11 NOT Critical: stopping the oil lift pump is not critical in this situation since there are no adverse affects to not stopping the oil lift pump and it is more important to stop the running RCP with high vibrations.

12 NOT Critical: Responding to the alarm is not critical as long as the correct actions are taken.

13-15 NOT Critical: Plant conditions observed have no bearing on vibration condition 16 NOT Critical: Dispatching an operator to obtain information that provides the decision point to secure the RCP. Examine may choose to secure RCP before receiving this data.

17 NOT Critical: Notification step only 18 Critical: Secures RCP to prevent further damage.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.

Pg 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at ~ 360 °F.
b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
c. 1A and 1B RCPs are running.
d. RCS pressure is ~ 420 psig.
e. 1C RCP was secured to add oil to the upper reservoir. The oil addition is now complete.
f. Steps 4.3.1 through 4.3.10 of FNP-1-SOP-1.1 have been completed.
g. The pre-job brief that is required will be done in a briefing room and when the pre-job brief is concluded, you will start at step 4.3.11 to start the 1C RCP.

Your task is to continue the startup of the 1C RCP per SOP-1.1, starting at Step 4.3.11.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.

Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

e. Simulator JPM CRO-239 TITLE: Align Service Water to the AFW System EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-221 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA __

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
4. Allow student time to review control board.
5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Start 1A MDAFW pump Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.

Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Just entered ESP-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water.
c. CST level is falling rapidly due to a tank rupture.
d. The 1A / 1B MDAFW and TDAFW pumps were secured due to the onset of cavitation.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME NOTE: BOP keys are labeled for inventory purposes only, any key will fit any valve on BOP.

1. (per Note)

Obtain the keys for MOV-3209A and MOV-3209B.

Keys obtained. NOTE: Keys for BOP valves on Simulator are located outside the MCR, going towards the BOP, in a key locker on the side of the chart rack.

S / U

2. (Step 4.7.1)

Notify Shift Chemist that SW will be added to the steam generators.

Shift Chemist is called and informed that SW will be supplied to the steam generators.

(CUE from Booth operator: The Shift Chemist acknowledges.)

S / U

3. (step 4.7.2)

Verify the service water system is in operation.

Service water system checked. Observes bus power is available, the pump breakers are closed, and header pressure is >70psig.

S / U

  • 4. (step 4.7.3)

Open MOV-3209A.

Key placed in switch for MOV-3209A and taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.

S / U

  • 5. (step 4.7.3)

Open MOV-3209B.

Key placed in switch for MOV-3209B and taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.

S / U

  • 6. (step 4.7.4)

Open service water to MDAFW pump 1A MOV-3210A.

Handswitch for MOV-3210A taken to open.

Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.

Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 7. (step 4.7.4)

Open service water to MDAFW pump 1B MOV-3210B.

Handswitch for MOV-3210B taken to open.

Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.

S / U

  • 8. (step 4.7.4)

Open service water to TDAFW pump MOV-3216.

Handswitch for MOV-3216 taken to open.

Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.

S / U

9. (step 4.7.4.1)

IF necessary to align TDAFWP suction from B Train service water, THEN perform the following:

Determines this is NOT necessary S / U

10. (step 4.7.5)

IF required, THEN place AFW system in operation per Section 4.1 or 4.3 of this SOP.

Operator goes to section 4.1 of SOP-22 for MDAFW pump start-up S / U

11. (step 4.1.1)

Verify 1A or 1B MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO annunciator clear for the MDAFWP to be started.

Operator checks JK1 and JK2 not in alarm.

Observes JK1 and JK2 white lights not lit.

S / U NOTE: Depending on plant conditions, an AFW Auto-Start signal may be present. Use of the MCB placard (Figure 3 of SOP-22) will be required to reset this signal. The student may elect to take all three handswitches to RESET per the guidance below. However, only MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN and/or MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET B TRN will be required to be taken to RESET if its associated handswitch WHITE light is lit. Taking the handswitch(es) to RESET will cause the associated WHITE light(s) to go out and allow 3227A/B/C to be closed in element 12.

Placard on MCB:

1. Momentarily place the following handswitches in RESET:

MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET B TRN TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.

Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

12. (step 4.1.2)

Fully close MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B and 1C SG FLOW CONT HIC 3227AA, BA and CA (0%

demand).

Operator adjusts HIC 3227AA, BA and CA to 0% demand.

S / U

13. (step 4.1.3)

Verify in the MOD position:

  • MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B and 1C SG Q1N23HV3227A, B and C
  • MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG B TRN FCV3227 Operator checks 3227A, B, and C in MOD position.

Operator checks MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG B TRN FCV3227 hand switch in MOD position S / U

  • 14. (step 4.1.4)

Verify that a startup transient is indicated on the pump motor ammeter and that pump discharge pressure increases for the selected MDAFWP to be started.

  • Start 1A/1B MDAFWP Operator rotates 1A/1B pump start switch to start position and releases switch.

Observes Red light lit, starting current on II3305A/B increases and discharge pressure on PI3213A/B rising S / U Terminate JPM after one MDAFW Pump is running.

STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

FNP-1-SOP-22.0, Version 68.4

2.

FNP-1-ESP-1.2, Version 24

3.

K/As: 061A1.05 RO-3.6 SRO-3.7 009EA1.11 RO-4.1 SRO-4.1 009EA2.39 RO-4.3 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1

NON Critical: Valves in element 4 and 5 are operated with these keys but getting the key is not critical.

2 NON Critical: Notification step only

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.

Page 5 of 6 3

NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 4-8 CRITICAL: Completes part of the assigned task by establishing the mechanical line up of Service Water the AFW pump suctions.

9 NON Critical: Evaluation step, even if evaluated incorrectly has no consequence.

10 NON Critical: Procedure flow path step, directing operator to next section.

11 NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 12 NON Critical: Valves will already be nearly closed and failure to fully close them would have no adverse effects on the plant.

13 NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 14 CRITICAL: Starting one MDAFW pump is part of the assigned task and therefore critical. Observing proper starting indications is NOT Critical.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.

Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Just entered ESP-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water.
c. CST level is falling rapidly due to a tank rupture.
d. The 1A / 1B MDAFW and TDAFW pumps were secured due to the onset of cavitation.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.

Page 1 of 4 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/2/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

f. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Two Train Verification Of ECCS Equipment EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 5 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-222 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA ___

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
4. Allow student time to review control board.
5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Recognize lack of support conditions for the operating diesel generator.
  • Perform an emergency shutdown of the diesel generator.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.

Page 2 of 4 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION.

The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
b. Unit 2 service water to the 1B Diesel Generator is tagged closed.
c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to complete Attachment 4 Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification, of EEP-0.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

1.

(step 1.1)

Check breaker DF01 closed.

Check DF01 closed.

Observes DF01 red light lit. White power available lights lit for F 4160V bus.

S / U

2.

(step 1.2)

Verify breaker DF02 closed.

Check DF02 closed.

Observes DF02 red light lit. White power available lights lit for K 4160V bus.

S / U

3.

(step 1.3)

Check breaker DG15 closed.

Check DG15 closed.

Observes DG15 red light lit. White power available lights lit for G 4160V bus.

S / U

4.

(step 1.4)

Verify breaker DG02 closed.

Examinee may take breaker DG02 to reset then to close. The examinee should not attempt to reset the breaker.

Observes DG02 green and amber lights lit.

White power available lights not lit for L 4160V bus.

S / U RNO 1.4 Secure 1B DG per attachment 1 (student may use posted procedure).

  • 5.

(step 1.1) Attachment 1 Verify SI is RESET.

Train A and B SI reset pushbuttons depressed.

Observes MLB-1 1-1 and MLB1 11-1 are not lit.

S / U

  • 6.

(step 1.2) Attachment 1 Place the affected diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 2.

1B DG MODE SELECTOR SWITCH placed in MODE 2 position.

Observes The MSS is in MODE 2.

S / U

  • 7.

(step 1.3) Attachment 1 Depress the affected diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton.

1B diesel generator EMERG START RESET pushbutton depressed.

Observes the DG EMERG START light goes out.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.

Page 3 of 4 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

Note: Failure to perform steps 1.5 (Element 9) and 1.6 (Element 10) immediately following step 1.4 (Element 8) may result in restart of the diesel generator when the low speed relay de-energizes.

  • 8.

(step 1.4) Attachment 1 Depress affected diesel generator STOP pushbutton.

1B diesel generator STOP pushbutton depressed.

Observes DIESEL STOP light lit.

S / U

  • 9.

(step 1.5) Attachment 1 Place affected diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 3.

1B diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH placed to MODE 3.

Observes The MSS is in MODE 3. EPB annunciator VB1 alarms.

S / U

10.

(step 1.6) Attachment 1 Depress the affected diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton.

1B diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET button is depressed.

Observes DG EMERG START light remains off.

S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.

CUE: Another operator will complete the remainder of Attachment 4.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0
2. K/As: 064A4.06 RO-3.9 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1-4 NON Critical: Elements have no consequential actions performed. Checking positions of breakers.

5 CRITICAL: Allows the Emergency Start Signal to clear to allow shutdown of DG.

6 CRITICAL: Position allows for DG to be shutdown from EPB.

7 CRITICAL: Resets the Emergency Restart signal allowing the DG to be shutdown.

8 CRITICAL: Shuts DG down.

9 CRITICAL: Prevents any AUTO starts from restarting the DG.

10 NON Critical: Clears any Emergency Start signals present. While in Mode 3 these signals have no effect on the diesel.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.

Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION.

The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
b. Unit 2 service water to the 1B Diesel Generator is tagged closed.
c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to complete Attachment 4 Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification, of EEP-0.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.

Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/14/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

g. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Lower The Refueling Cavity Level Using The Residual Heat Removal System EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-241 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA ___

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre-job brief.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. After pre-job brief complete, allow student time to review control board.
4. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Operate the RHR system to lower cavity level.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.

Page 2 of 6 SIMULATOR SETUP Reset into IC-243 Danger tag the following:

o RCP hand switches o PZR heater control switches o 8809 MOVs o 8811 MOVs o 8812 MOVs o RMW pump Trend LT-2965B on the OATC IPC Computer Place working radios in booth and on OATC desk.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.

Page 3 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
c. The Tri-Nuclear Filter system is shutdown.
d. The Cavity underwater lights are de-energized.
e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT.
f.

"B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned.

g. "A" Train RHR is operable and secured.
h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR.
i.

The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7.

j.

A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics.

Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0 on IPC LT-2965B per SOP-7.0, Step 4.11.2.

INITIATING CUE: You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

  • 1.

(step 4.11.2.2)

Close RHR to RCS hot legs X-connect MOV-8887B Handswitch for MOV-8887B taken to close.

Observes GREEN light is lit.

S / U

  • 2.

(step 4.11.2.3)

Close 1A RHR Hx to RCS cold leg iso MOV-8888A Handswitch for MOV-8888A taken to close.

Observes GREEN light is lit.

S / U

3.

(step 4.11.2.4)

Verify open RCS loop suction MOV-8701A & 8701B MOV-8701A & 8701B position indication checked. Observes RED lights are lit.

S / U

4.

(step 4.11.2.5)

Verify closed RHR to hot leg iso MOV-8889 MOV-8889 position indication checked.

Observes GREEN light is lit.

S / U

5.

(step 4.11.2.6)

Verify pump seal cooler flow

>5.5 gpm for 1A RHR pump SO directed to locally verify flow.

(CUE from Booth operator: SO reports CCW seal flow is 7 gpm.)

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.

Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 6.

(step 4.11.2.7)

Start the 1A RHR pump 1A RHR pump handswitch taken to start.

Observes the RED light lit, and ~25 amps indicated.

S / U

7.

(step 4.11.2.8)

Verify open 1A RHR miniflow MOV-602A MOV-602A indicates open.

Observes RED light is lit.

S / U NOTE: FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE REMAINING STEPS, OPERATORS ARE ON STATION AT THE REFUELING CAVITY AND AT V-8881 AVAILABLE BY GAITRONICS.

  • 8.

(step 4.11.2.9)

While monitoring the RWST and cavity levels, unlock and throttle open V-8881 to control cavity drain rate SO directed to throttle open V-8881 and commence lowering level.

(CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 throttled open.)

S / U

9.

(step 4.11.3)

Lower Refueling Cavity level to obtain one of the following conditions:

  • approximately 6 inches below the reactor vessel flange (draining to install removed components)
  • desired level Monitors level for desired condition.

Observes IPC level indication lowering.

S / U

  • 10. (step 4.11.3.1) WHEN desired level obtained, THEN Stop 1A(1B) RHR PUMP started in step 4.11.2.7.

1A RHR pump handswitch taken to stop.

Observes the GREEN light is lit and amps decrease to 0.

S / U

11.

(step 4.11.3.2)

Close and lock V-8881 SO directed to close and lock V-8881.

(CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 closed and locked.)

S / U STOP TIME Terminate when RHR pump secured.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.

Page 5 of 6 GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-SOP-7.0, Version 100.1
2. K/A: 034A1.02 RO-2.9 SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1

CRITICAL: Provides separation between operating train and train being used for draining.

2 CRITICAL: Isolates flow path to RCS 3

NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.

4 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.

5 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.

6 CRITICAL: Starting pump provides pressure to move water to RWST.

7 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.

8 CRITICAL: Initiates flow to RWST draining cavity level.

9 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.

10 CRITICAL: Stopping pump secures lowering of cavity level prior to level reaching 149.5.

11 NON Critical: Stopping the RHR pump will stop the cavity from lowering.

The RWST is at a higher level than the refueling cavity and the configuration is such that siphoning will not occur.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.

Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
c. The Tri-Nuclear Filter system is shutdown.
d. The Cavity underwater lights are de-energized.
e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT.
f.

"B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned.

g. "A" Train RHR is operable and secured.
h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR.
i.

The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7.

j.

A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics.

Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0 on IPC LT-2965B per SOP-7.0, Step 4.11.2.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.

Page 1 of 7 Developer Howard Fitzwater Date: 4/25/11 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

h. Simulator JPM CRO-395D TITLE: OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12 EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME: 7 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-243 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA ___

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. Turn one IPC computer around so that the examinee will not be able to see it available for examiner. Display point J12.
3. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
4. Provide student with HANDOUT.
5. Allow student time to review control board.
6. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Report the value of the specified CETC as indicated by SOP-68.0.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.

Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.

Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP-1-SOP-68.0.

INITIATING CUE, You may begin.

NOTES TO EXAMINER:

1) J12 ADDRESS IS IN TABLE 7, AND J12 IS IN CHANNEL A; a common error is that B train is manipulated during this task.
2) J12 will be displayed on a Plant Computer unavailable to the examinee to aid the examiner in verifying the correct value is obtained.
3) An alternate method exists to complete this task. Although not expected to be performed by the examinee, this method starts at element 9.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. (step 4.6.2.1)

Determine the two digit address for thermocouple J12 Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as address point and is an A train CETC.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.

Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 2. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: With CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated )

Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.

TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed once.

Observes CET light lit.

S / U

  • 3. (step 4.6.2.2)

Select display to CE AS found: HI 1st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE st nd 1

2

/

pushbutton depressed until CE displayed.

S / U

  • 4. (step 4.6.2.3 and 4.6.2.4)

Select display to CE00 AS found: HI.

1st button push: CE.

2nd button push: ALL.

3rd button push: return to HI. mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE ACK ALARM ACK pushbutton depressed until submode portion of the SUBMODE st nd 1

2

/

pushbutton is illuminated and not flashing, 1st portion of the SUBMODE st nd 1

2

/

pushbutton is flashing.

S / U

  • 5. (step 4.6.2.5)

Align display to read CE 10 Depress SUBMODE st nd 1

2

/

pushbutton until 1 appears in the tens digit.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.

Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 6. (step 4.6.2.6)

Align to select ones digit Depress SUBMODE ACK ALARM ACK pushbutton.

S / U

  • 7. (step 4.6.2.7)

Align display to read CE 14 Depress SUBMODE st nd 1

2

/

pushbutton until 4 is displayed in the ones digit. 1st/2nd pushbutton depressed until CE 14 in monitor window.

S / U

  • 8. (step 4.6.2.8)

Determine value of J12 SUBMODE ACK ALARM ACK pushbutton depressed.

S / U ALTERNAT E METHOD

9. (step 4.6.2.1)

Determine the two digit address for thermocouple J12 Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as address point and is an A train CETC.

S / U

  • 10. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: With CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated )

Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.

TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed once.

Observes CET light lit.

S / U

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.

Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 11. (step 4.6.2.2)

Select display to ALL AS found: HI 1st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE st nd 1

2

/

pushbutton depressed until ALL displayed.

S / U

  • 12. (step 4.6.2.3)

Acknowledge display in ALL AS found: HI.

1st button push: CE.

2nd button push: ALL.

3rd button push: return to HI. mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE ACK ALARM ACK pushbutton depressed until submode portion of the SUBMODE st nd 1

2

/

pushbutton is illuminated and not flashing, S / U NOTE: In the ALL submode, the display will start to automatically sequence through all quadrant and core exit temperature values as soon as the SUBMODE ACK ALARM ACK pushbutton is depressed.

  • 13. Determine value of J12 Examinee will wait until CE14 is displayed and then determine the value.

S / U STOP TIME Terminate when the value for thermocouple J12 is displayed.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

FNP SOP-68.0 Revision 8.1

2.

K/As:

017A4.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.

Page 6 of 7 Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation

1. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#7).
2. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
3. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
4. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
5. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
6. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
7. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
8. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.

ALTERNATE METHOD

9. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#13).
10. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
11. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
12. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
13. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective The examinee must wait until the correct thermocouple address is displayed get the correct value for that thermocouple.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.

Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.

Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP-1-SOP-68.0.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.

Page 1 of 5 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

i. In Plant JPM SO-344 TITLE: Start Up An Instrumentation Inverter EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Place the A Instrument Inverter in service Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.

Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
b. Instrumentation inverter A is being returned to service after maintenance.

Your task is to place instrumentation inverter A in service per FNP-1[2]-SOP-36.4 starting at step 4.1.2.

INITIATING CUE, You may begin.

NOTE: THIS JPM MAY BE PERFORMED ON EITHER UNIT. THE UNIT TWO NUMBERS, IF DIFFERENT, ARE [BRACKETED].

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

1.

(step 4.1.2.1)

Verify the battery input breaker in OFF Breakers verified in OFF.

(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)

S / U

2.

(step 4.1.2.2)

Verify the inverter output breaker in OFF Breaker is verified in OFF.

(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)

S / U

3.

(step 4.1.2.3)

Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker In 120VAC Distribution Panel G breaker #8 [#7] is verified closed.

(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)

S / U

  • 4.

(step 4.1.2.4)

Close the inverter A DC supply breaker LA-10 handswitch is taken to the closed position.

(CUE: The indicating light changed from green to red and the mechanical indicator indicates closed.)

S / U

  • 5.

(step 4.1.2.5)

Place the battery input breaker in the ON position The battery input breaker is taken to ON.

(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)

S / U

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.

Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 6.

(step 4.1.2.6)

Place the inverter output breaker in the ON position The inverter output breaker is taken to ON.

(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)

S / U

7.

(step 4.1.2.7)

Verify that the inverter is in sync with the bypass source The Inverter In Sync light should be lit and the Out Of Sync light should be out.

(CUE: In SYNC lamp is lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp is not.)

S / U NOTE: In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).

  • 8.

(step 4.1.2.8)

Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position The Manual Bypass Switch is transferred.

(CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)

S / U

  • 9.

(step 4.1.2.9)

Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton The INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton is depressed.

S / U NOTE: NON-CRITICAL ELEMENT 10 IS NOT PROCEDURALIZED ON UNIT 2.

10.

(step 4.1.2.9.1 UNIT 1 ONLY)

Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp lit INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp checked.

(CUE: INVERTER POWEREING LOAD lamp is lit.)

S / U

11.

Report to the CRO that inverter A has been placed in service The CRO is notified.

(CUE: The CRO acknowledges.)

S / U STOP TIME Terminate after Control Room Operator is informed that inverter A has been placed in service.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

FNP-1-SOP-36.4, Ver 81.0

2.

FNP-2-SOP-36.4, Ver 62.1

3.

K/As: 062A2.03 RO-2.9 SRO-3.4

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.

Page 4 of 5 057AA1.01 RO-3.7 SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1-3 NOT Critical: Check steps only, no operations performed.

4-6 Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in-service.

7 NOT Critical: No operations performed.

8, 9 Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in-service.

10 NOT Critical: Check steps only, no operations performed.

11 NOT Critical: Notification step only.

COMMENTS:

Unit 1

Unit 2

This page is intentionally blank.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.

Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
b. Instrumentation inverter A is being returned to service after maintenance.

Your task is to place instrumentation inverter A in service per FNP-1[2]-SOP-36.4 starting at step 4.1.2.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 1 of 62 S

A F

E T

Y 120V AC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS R

E L

A T

E D

PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:

ALL

Reference:

NONE Information:

NONE Approved By: David L Reed (for)

Effective Date:

November 1, 2012 Operations Manager

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 2 of 62 Procedure Version Description Version Number Version Description 81.0 Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES WRITERS GUIDE.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 3 of 62 Table of Contents Page 1.0

Purpose.........................................................................................................................................4

2.0

Initial Conditions............................................................................................................................ 4

3.0

Precautions and Limitations..........................................................................................................4

4.0

Instructions....................................................................................................................................6

4.1

120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation.......................................6

4.2

TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation...........................................................9

4.3

Manually Transferring Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Power Supply....................................25

4.4

120V AC Regulated Instrumentation Panel 1A (B) Operation.........................................26

4.5

Energizing 208/120V AC Instrument Panel 1H (J)..........................................................26

4.6

Energizing 208/120V AC Control Power Panel 1N (R), [S].............................................27

4.7

Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C]..........................................................................................................28

4.8

Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E].........................................................................................................29

4.9

Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C]..........................................................................................................30

4.10

Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E].........................................................................................................31

4.11

120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up......................................32

4.12

SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation..............................................33

4.13

AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation:.............................................36

4.14

DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation.................................................40

5.0

References..................................................................................................................................42

FIGURE 1 TDAFWP UPS........................................................................................................44

APPENDIX 1 Controls and Indications.....................................................................................47

APPENDIX 2 TDAFWP UPS - Return to A Inverter through A Rectifier when B Inverter fails to SYNC...................................................................................................................52

APPENDIX 3 TDAFWP UPS - Return to B Inverter through B Rectifier when A Inverter fails to SYNC...................................................................................................................56

APPENDIX 4 Manually Bypassing the DEH Inverter with the Inverter OUT OF SYNCH.......60

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 4 of 62 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the initial conditions, precautions and limitations, and instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system.

2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-36.3, 600, 480 AND 208/120 Volt AC Electrical Distribution System.

2.2 The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-37.1, 125 Volt D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System.

3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protections and E.S.F. instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.

3.2 120V vital AC instrumentation panels 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D are supplied by inverters 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D respectively. Distribution panels 1J and 1K are supplied by inverters 1F and 1G respectively. The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G for A train and 1H for B train.

{AI 2009206420}

3.3 Distribution panels 1J (K) feed BOP panels J (K). These BOP panels have an auctioneered power supply from solatron regulators 1G (1H).

3.4 Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.

3.5 Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.

3.6 The TDAFWP uninterruptible power supply battery charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.

3.7 If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.

3.8 DO NOT operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 5 of 62 3.9 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimiters--one per phase. The loss of an isolimiter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off of the phase supplied by that isolimiter.

Drawing D-181599, sh. 3, shows the relationship of the load in each cabinet to the isolimiters.

3.10 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B. Drawings D-181599, sh. 3, D-177024, and D-177025 shows the relationship of the loads in each cabinet to the isolimiters.

3.11 Operation of the120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.

3.12 Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.

3.13 Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.

3.14 For the AMSAC UPS, the High Speed Transfer Logic HTL sense an inverter overload(O/L) and initiates a No-Break AC Transfer to the commercial power via the AC Regulator Filter-Conditioner on an inverse time basis. Only when the overload is cleared will the load be auto-retransferred to the inverter after approximately 1 minute delay. The occurrence of an O/L is stored in the O/L memory of the HTL and is indicated by a pilot light. Pressing the O/L memory cancel button will cancel the alarms. U265512 3.15 To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux.

Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings. Ref CR 367519.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 6 of 62 4.0 Instructions 4.1 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> period without any adverse affects.

4.1.1 IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:

4.1.1.1 Verify charger is on float charge.

4.1.1.2 Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.

NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load.

The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load.

4.1.1.3 Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:

EM SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 SCR4 SCR5 SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials Date 4.1.1.4 IF measure AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution.

EM

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 7 of 62 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.

4.1.2 Placing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) In Service 4.1.2.1 Verify the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.

4.1.2.2 Verify the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.

4.1.2.3 Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER AC SUPPLY BREAKER 120V AC Distribution:

Placekeeping 1A Panel 1G Brk #8 1B Panel 1G Brk #5 1C Panel 1H Brk #7 1D Panel 1H Brk #2 1F Panel 1G Brk #1 1G Panel 1H Brk #6 4.1.2.4 Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER Placekeeping 1A LA 10 1B LA 12 1C LB 04 1D LB 06 1F LA 16 1G LB 10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.

4.1.2.5 Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.

4.1.2.6 Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.

4.1.2.7 Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as follows:

4.1.2.7.1 Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.

4.1.2.7.2 Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 8 of 62 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.

NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).

4.1.2.8 Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.

4.1.2.9 Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.

4.1.2.9.1 Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp lit.

4.1.3 Removing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) From Service:

4.1.3.1 Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.

4.1.3.2 Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as follows:

4.1.3.2.1 Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.

4.1.3.2.2 Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.

CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.

4.1.3.3 Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.

NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.

4.1.3.4 Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.

4.1.3.5 Open the following breakers for respective inverter.



BATTERY INPUT breaker



INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6 Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER Placekeeping 1A LA 10 1B LA 12 1C LB 04 1D LB 06 1F LA 16 1G LB 10

UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 1 of 45 S

A F

E T

Y 120V A. C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS R

E L

A T

E D

PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:

ALL

Reference:

NONE Information:

NONE Approved:

David L Reed (for)

July 2, 2012 Operations Manager Effective Date

UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 2 of 45 Procedure Version Description Version Number Version Description 61.0 Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES WRITERS GUIDE.

Changed title of steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10, deleting Loss of Flow and replacing with RCP Bus UV. DCP 2082084101

Changed step 3.4 to address RCP Bus UV and TDAFWP auto start. DCP 2082084101.

Deleted step 3.13 and renumbered. DCP 2082084101

Deleted cautions before steps 4.7 & 4.10. DCP 2082084101

Reworded caution after steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10. Modified steps 4.7.1, 4.8.1, 4.9.1 & 4.10.1 to reference RCP Bus UV rather than Loss of Flow. DCP 2082084101 62.0

 Changed position for breakers from OPEN to OFF and CLOSED to ON in steps 4.1.2.1, 4.1.2.2, 4.1.2.5, 4.1.2.6, 4.2.3.5.5, and 4.2.4.5.5 to match labeling in plant CR 345068

 Enhanced wording of step 4.2.2.12 CR 2011104041

 Enhanced wording of 1st bullet of note above 4.2.1.4 CR 2011104064

 Added steps 4.2.3.1 and 4.2.4.1 to close TDAFW warm-up valves for shutting down TDAFWP UPS and steps 4.2.1.22 and 4.2.2.22 to open TDAFW warm-up valves CR 353795

 Added P&L 3.14 CR 367519

 Corrected reference steps in 1st bullet of note below 4.2.1.5 CR 423361

 Corrected location of CB6 and CB16 breakers from in cabinet to on cabinet in notes above steps 4.2.1.4, 4.2.1.6, 4.2.2.4, 4.2.2.6, 4.2.3.5.1, and 4.2.4.5.1 CR 423361

 Added notes above 4.2.1.18, 4.2.2.18, 4.2.1.23.5, and 4.2.2.23.5 addressing Rectifier/charger overload light. CR 423913 62.1 CR - 471536 - Corrected breaker designation and nomenclature to match ESOMs for steps 4.2.1.1, 4.2.2.1, 4.2.3.5.6, 4.2.4.5.6 CR - 471536 - Added amplifying instructions to CAUTIONS preceding steps 4.2.1.13 &

4.2.2.13 CR - 475833 - corrected NOTE prior to step 4.2.2.5.1 which had letter designations that were not changed when step numbers were changed from letters to numbers - brc

UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 3 of 45 Table of Contents Page 1.0

Purpose.........................................................................................................................................4

2.0

Initial Conditions............................................................................................................................4

3.0

Precautions and Limitations..........................................................................................................4

4.1

120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation.......................................6

4.2

TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation:..........................................................9

4.3

Manually transferring Inverter 2A (B,C,D,F,G) Power Supply.........................................25

4.4

120V AC regulated instrumentation panel 2A (B) operation............................................26

4.5

Energizing 208/120V AC instrument panel 2H (J)...........................................................26

4.6

Energizing 208/120V AC control power panel 2N...........................................................26

4.7

Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C].

........................................................................................................................................26

4.8

Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2) [3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E].

........................................................................................................................................26

4.9

Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C].

........................................................................................................................................27

4.10

Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E].

........................................................................................................................................28

4.11

120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up......................................28

4.12

SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' Nitrogen Storage Room).

........................................................................................................................................29

4.13

AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' cable chase)................32

4.14

DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation.................................................34

5.0

References..................................................................................................................................36

FIGURE 1 - TDAFW PUMP UPS................................................................................................39

APPENDIX 1 - TDAFWP UPS CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS...............................................42

UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 4 of 45 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations and Instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system.

2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-36.3, 600, 408 AND 208/120 Volt Ac Electrical Distribution System.

2.2 The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-37.1, 125 VOLT D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System.

3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protection and ESF instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.

3.2 120V vital AC instrumentation panels 2A B, C, D are supplied by inverters 2A B, C,D respective. Distribution panels 2G and H are supplied by inverters 2F and G respective.

The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G for A train and 2H for B train. {AI2009206421}

3.3 Distribution panel 2J (2K) feeds BOP panel 2J (2K). BOP panel 2J (2K) does have auctioneered power supplies from solatron regulator 2G (2H).

3.4 Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV Relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.

3.5 Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.

3.6 The TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery Charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.

3.7 If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.

3.8 Do not operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.

3.9 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimeters--one per phase.

The loss of an isolimeter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off the phase supplied by that isolimeter.

UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 5 of 45 3.10 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 2A and 2B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinets 2A and 2B.

3.11 Operation of the 120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.

3.12 Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.

3.13 Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.

3.14 To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux. Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings.

Ref CR 367519.

UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 6 of 45 4.0 Instructions 4.1 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation:

NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> period without any adverse affects.

4.1.1 IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:

4.1.1.1 Verify charger is on float charge.

4.1.1.2 Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.

NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load. The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load.

4.1.1.3 Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:

SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 SCR4 SCR5 SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials Date 4.1.1.4 IF measured AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution.

EM

UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 7 of 45 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.

4.1.2 Placing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) in service:

4.1.2.1 Verify BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.

4.1.2.2 Verify INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.

4.1.2.3 Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER AC SUPPLY BREAKER 120V AC Distribution:

2A Panel 2G Brk #7 2B Panel 2G Brk #2 2C Panel 2H Brk #7 2D Panel 2H Brk #2 2F Panel 2G Brk #6 2G Panel 2H Brk #6 4.1.2.4 Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A LA 10 2B LA 12 2C LB 04 2D LB 06 2F LA 16 2G LB 10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.

4.1.2.5 Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.

4.1.2.6 Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.

4.1.2.7 Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as indicated by IN SYNC lamp lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.

UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 8 of 45 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.

NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).

4.1.2.8 Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.

4.1.2.9 Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.

4.1.3 Removing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) from service.

4.1.3.1 Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.

4.1.3.2 Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as indicated by the IN SYNC lamp lit and the OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.

CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.

4.1.3.3 Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.

NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.

4.1.3.4 Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.

4.1.3.5 Open the following breakers for respective inverter.



BATTERY INPUT breaker



INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6 Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A LA 10 2B LA 12 2C LB 04 2D LB 06 2F LA 16 2G LB 10

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.

Page 1 of 5 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

j. In Plant JPM Fire Pump-NEW TITLE: Start the MDFP and #2 DDFP locally EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Locally start a MDFP and #2 DDFP in response to a plant fire Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.

Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
c. The MDFP and #2 DDFP have failed to auto-start.
d. A pre-job brief is not required.

You are being directed by the Shift Supervisor to perform the following using FNP-0-SOP-61.0:

1. locally start the MDFP starting at step 4.4
2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6 INITIATING CUE, You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

  • 1.

(step 4.4.1)

Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to LOCAL.

Rotates switch to LOCAL position.

(CUE: Switch is in LOCAL position.)

S / U

  • 2.

(step 4.4.2)

Depress START pushbutton.

Start button is depressed.

(CUE: Start button is depressed, you hear the motor start.)

S / U

3.

(step 4.4.3)

Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to REMOTE.

Rotates switch to REMOTE position.

(CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)

S / U

4.

(step 4.4.4)

Place the hand switch controller for the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey pump.

Hand switch placed to stop (CUE: Hand switch is in the STOP position S / U

5.

(step 4.6.1) on #2 DDFP Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:

  • IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).

Observes V0156 at 45 degrees.

(CUE: the identified Valve is as you see it)

S / U

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.

Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 6.

(step 4.6.2) on #2 DDFP Place the DDFP local control panel selector switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.

Selector switch placed in MAN A or MAN B position.

(CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)

S / U

7.

(step 4.6.3) on #2 DDFP IF necessary, THEN perform the following to verify the BATT A CONNECTED and BATT B CONNECTED lights are lit:

4.6.3.1 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)

RESET pushbuttons for the following:

o 4.6.3.1.1 AC mini breaker.

o 4.6.3.1.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) o 4.6.3.1.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) o 4.6.3.2 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.

Observes BATT A AND B CONNECTED lights lit (CUE: the identified LIGHTS ARE LIT)

S / U

  • 8.

(step 4.6.4) on #2 DDFP Depress and maintain depressed the ENGINE START pushbutton for a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the selected DDFP starts.

Depresses and holds start switch for 10 seconds.

(CUE: Start button depressed, you hear the engine start)

S / U STOP TIME Terminate after both fire water pumps are running.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

FNP-0-SOP-61.0, Ver 46.0

2.

K/As: 086A3.01 RO-2.9 SRO-3.3 086A4.01 RO-3.3 SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.

Page 4 of 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1-2 Critical: This is the assigned task, these elements start the MDFP.

3 NOT Critical: Returns switch to normal position, not required for pump to remain running.

4 NOT Critical: Jockey pump operation has no effect on ability to provide fire water.

5 NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.

6 Critical: This aligns a starting battery to crank the engine.

7 NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.

8 Critical: This is the assigned task, this element starts the #2 DDFP.

COMMENTS:

1 DDFP CONTROL PANEL

2 INSIDE CONTROL PANEL

3

This page is intentionally blank.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.

Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
c. The MDFP and #2 DDFP have failed to auto-start.
d. A pre-job brief is not required.

You are being directed by the Shift Supervisor to perform the following using FNP-0-SOP-61.0:

1. locally start the MDFP starting at step 4.4
2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 1/17/2013 20:13:39 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND YARD MAIN Page Number 7 of 24 4.3.4 IF a DDFP was running to maintain fire main header pressure, THEN perform the following:

4.3.4.1 Place the running DDFP control switch to OFF.

4.3.4.2 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)

RESET pushbuttons for the following:

4.3.4.2.1 AC mini breaker.

4.3.4.2.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.3.4.2.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.3.4.3 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.

4.3.4.4 Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:

4.3.4.4.1 IF securing #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.

4.3.4.4.2 IF securing #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).

4.3.4.5 Place DDFP control panel selector switch in AUTO to return the DDFP to automatic standby status.

4.3.5 Verify fire main header pressure is being maintained at approximately 125 psig or greater by operation of the MDFP.

4.4 Startup of the MDFP from Local Control Panel 4.4.1 Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to LOCAL.

4.4.2 Depress START pushbutton.

4.4.3 Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to REMOTE.

CAUTION Failure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.

4.4.4 Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey pump.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 1/17/2013 20:13:39 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND YARD MAIN Page Number 8 of 24 4.5 Shutdown of the MDFP 4.5.1 Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to START, to start the jockey pump.

NOTE The MDFP cannot be shutdown from Main Control Board.

4.5.2 Place LOCAL/REMOTE switch for the motor driven fire pump (MDFP) to LOCAL.

4.5.3 Depress STOP/RESET pushbutton for the MDFP.

4.5.4 IF started from Main Control Board, THEN place handswitch on MCB to STOP and verify handswitch spring returns to NEUTRAL. (This function is to de-energize trouble light only.)

4.5.5 Place LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch for the MDFP to REMOTE to return to automatic standby status.

4.5.6 Verify the jockey pump running and maintaining approximately 125 psig header pressure.

4.6 Manual Startup of a DDFP 4.6.1 Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:



IF starting #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.



IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).

4.6.2 Place the DDFP local control panel selector switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 1/17/2013 20:13:39 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND YARD MAIN Page Number 9 of 24 NOTE The RESET pushbutton may have to be pushed more than once to light these indications.

4.6.3 IF necessary, THEN perform the following to verify the BATT A CONNECTED and BATT B CONNECTED lights are lit:

4.6.3.1 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)

RESET pushbuttons for the following:

4.6.3.1.1 AC mini breaker.

4.6.3.1.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.6.3.1.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.6.3.2 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.

NOTE IF engine does not start within 10 seconds, THEN the red START FAILURE light will energize.

4.6.4 Depress and maintain depressed the ENGINE START pushbutton for a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the selected DDFP starts.

4.6.5 IF the engine does not start, as indicated by the START FAILURE light lit, THEN perform the following:

4.6.5.1 Release START pushbutton.

4.6.5.2 Reset controller by depressing RESET pushbutton.

4.6.5.3 Return to step 4.6.2, this time selecting the alternate option (MAN A OR MAN B) for second start attempt.

CAUTION Failure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.

4.6.6 IF jockey pump is running, THEN place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP to secure the jockey pump.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.

Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

k. In Plant JPM SO-386 TITLE: Commence A Waste Gas Release EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA____

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure.
3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.

Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0.
f. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Appendix 3, has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
g. You have the Radside watch station keys.

Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

  • 1.

(step 4.1.7)

Open #3 WGDT outlet valve Q2G22V019C TPNS number is recorded in SOP-51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counter-clockwise.

(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)

S / U

  • 2.

(step 4.1.8)

Open bank A GDT bank outlet valve Q2G22V017.

TPNS number is recorded in SOP-51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counterclockwise.

(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)

S / U

3.

(Step 4.1.9.1)

Verify RCV-14 flow controller is set at zero position.

RCV-14 flow controller is verified at zero demand.

(CUE: the identified controller is as you described)

S / U

4.

(step 4.1.9.2)

Verify the plant vent pressure regulator Q2G22V205 is set for 15 psi.

Checks setpoint on plant vent pressure regulator.

(CUE: the identified indicator is as you described.)

S / U

  • 5.

(step 4.1.10)

Using Master Valve key, unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation Q2G22V089.

unlocks and turns handwheel counterclockwise until opened.

(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)

S / U

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.

Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 6.

(step 4.1.11)

Open the RCV-14 downstream isolation Q2G22V207.

turns handwheel counterclockwise until opened (CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)

S / U

  • 7.

(step 4.1.12)

Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent stack Q2G22V206, RCV-14 hand switch to open.

handswitch is turned to open.

Observes the green light lit with zero demand on the controller.

(CUE: The identified handswitch is as you described and the green light is lit.)

S / U

8.

(step 4.1.13)

Record start time and tank pressure in SOP-51.0 and notify the Shift Radio Chemist.

  • Ensure examinee identifies correct pressure indicator and range.
  • Start time and tank pressure are recorded in SOP-51.0.

(The current time is the start time and #3 WGDT [2-PIS-1038] pressure is 60 psig.)

  • Shift Radio chemist notified.

(CUE: Shift Radio chemist acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)

S / U

  • 9.

(step 4.1.14) Slowly open GDT discharge valve to plant vent RCV-14 using the Waste Gas Discharge Control HIK-014 on the Waste Gas Panel and verify the following:

(See 10 below)

HIK-014 adjusted open.

Observes the red light lit with demand on the controller.

(CUE: the red light is lit.)

S / U

10. (step 4.1.14.1)

Verify R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint Observes R-14 count rate is increasing and above R-14 setpoint. [May call Control Room]

(CUE: R-14 reads 5,000 counts and is steady)

S / U

11. (step 4.1.14.2)

Checks rate of pressure decrease.

Observes The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.

(CUE: 5 minutes have passed and pressure has dropped 2 psi)

S / U

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.

Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

12. (step 4.1.15)

Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release.

Observes that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease.

(CUE: #3 WGDT pressure is decreasing slowly, all other pressures are steady)

S / U STOP TIME Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.

CUE: Another operator will continue from here.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () preceding the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Version 49.2

2.

FNP-2-CCP-213.1, Version 19.0

3.

Technical Specification

4.

K/As: 071A2.02 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 071A4.09 RO-3.3 SRO-3.5 071A4.26 RO-3.1 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

Element Evaluation 1, 2 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.

3, 4 NOT Critical: Components are normally in the required position, and do not have to be manipulated for successful completion of this task.

5-7 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.

8 NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).

9 Critical: Required for task completion: required to open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.

10 NOT Critical: No alarming condition exists.

11 NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.

12 NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.

COMMENTS:

This page is intentionally blank.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.

Page 1 of 2 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0.
f. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Appendix 3, has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
g. You have the Radside watch station keys.

Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.

Page 2 of 2 RType G2.57 BATCH GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PERMIT WASTE GAS DECAY TANK UNIT #___2_____ GWRP # NRC JPM PART I Operational Data:

Gas Decay Tank No. 3_____________ Tank Pressure ___60(psig)

Release Permit requested by: Shift Supervisor____

Date _____Today______ Time __2 hours ago PART II Pre-Release Data:

RELEASE ESTIMATES FOR THIS SOURCE - See Attached Maximum Monitor Setpoint: RE-14 ________14,000_ CPM Comment: ______________________________________________________________________

This permit authorizes the Batch Release of Gas Decay Tank No. 3__at a release rate of ___100__cfm with a MINIMUM of ______1_________ (enter 1 or 2) Fan Operation.

Start Date ___Today____ Expiration Date ___2 days from today____

Approved by: __Shift Radiochemist_____________________ Date ____Today

___ Time _____:__1 hour ago___

PART III Operational Data:

Actual number of AUX BLDG MAIN EXHAUST FANS in operation: __________ (1 or 2)

RE14 SETPOINT CHANGE REQUIRED ( ) Yes (x) No AS FOUND SETPOINT 10,000cpm ( )N/A ____________

AS LEFT SETPOINT _____ cpm ( )N/A AS LEFT SETPOINT VERIFIED BY: (I&C)

DATE________ TIME__________

RE14 CAL DUE DATE: Next Month __________

RE-14 Reading During Release __________ cpm Post Release: ___________cpm WGDT #________ Initial Pressure _________ psig Final Pressure: ___________ psig SOP OTC #

RELEASE START DATE ___/___/___ TIME: ___:___

RELEASE END DATE _ __/___/___ TIME: ___:___

RELEASE CONDUCTED BY: _____________________

Data Reviewed by: __________________________ Date ___/___/___ Time _____:_____

PART IV CHM UPDATE:

FOR DOSE CALCULATIONS - See Attached FOR RELEASE RATES AND DURATION - See Attached Comment: ______________________________________________________________________

Permit Updated by: ________________________ Date: ___/___/___ Time _____:_____

CHM Form 1706.1E

UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Version 49.2 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 APPENDIX 3 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE Completed By Date Verified By Date Reviewed By Date This appendix consists of 9 pages.

UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 1 of 9 Version 49.2 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This appendix provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack.

Instructions are included in the following sections.

4.1 Gas Decay Tank Release 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-0014 Check 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.

(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per System Check List FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.

2.4 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.

2.5 Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.

2.6 The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.

2.7 The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.

UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 2 of 9 Version 49.2 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.

3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.

3.3 IF either R-14, R-14s alarm, or R-14s automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODCM action requirements are met.

3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tank's contained volume.

3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required.

UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 3 of 9 Version 49.2 4.0 Instructions NOTE:

Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-0-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.

CAUTION:

Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.

4.1 WGDT No.

Release Permit No.

NOTE:

Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.

4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:

NOTE:

Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.

4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.

4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.

TABLE 1 GDT BANK GDT OUTLET VALVE GDT INLET VALVE GDT BANK INLET VALVE GDT BANK OUTLET VALVE 1

A 2-GWD-V-7823A (Q2G22V019A) 2-GWD-V-7820A (Q2G22V025A) 2-GWD-V-7818 (Q2G22V029) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 2 A

2-GWD-V-7823B (Q2G22V019B) 2-GWD-V-7820B (Q2G22V025B) 2-GWD-V-7818 (Q2G22V029) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 3 A

2-GWD-V-7823C (Q2G22V019C) 2-GWD-V-7820C (Q2G22V025C) 2-GWD-V-7818 (Q2G22V029) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 4 B

2-GWD-V-7833A (Q2G22V022A) 2-GWD-V-7830A (Q2G22V026A) 2-GWD-V-7828 (Q2G22V030) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 5 B

2-GWD-V-7833B (Q2G22V022B) 2-GWD-V-7830B (Q2G22V026B) 2-GWD-V-7828 (Q2G22V030) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 6 B

2-GWD-V-7833C (Q2G22V022C) 2-GWD-V-7830C (Q2G22V026C) 2-GWD-V-7828 (Q2G22V030) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886A (Q2G22V074A) 2-GWD-V-7883A (Q2G22V085A) 2-GWD-V-7881 (Q2G22V083) 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B (Q2G22V074B) 2-GWD-V-7883B (Q2G22V085B) 2-GWD-V-7881 (Q2G22V083) 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076)

NRC JPM

UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 4 of 9 Version 49.2 NOTE:

Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.

4.1.2 Check recorder RR0100 (point RR14 or RR22) in operation OR check that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) System (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.

NOTE:

The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.

4.1.3 For the operable rad monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22. Actual setpoint will be found in the Target Setpoint column of the table at end of FNP-2-CCP-213.1, per footnote 5 of that table.

Actual Setpoint

Background

R-14 R-22 4.1.4 Check Actual Setpoints in step 4.1.3 are < setpoint on release permit Section II.

4.1.5 Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate 4.1.6 Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure.

10,000 cpm 400 cpm 75,000 cfm

UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 5 of 9 Version 49.2 NOTE:

Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.

4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve.

(Record TPNS from Table 2).

4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve.

(Record TPNS from Table 2).

TABLE 2 GDT BANK GDT OUTLET VALVE GDT BANK OUTLET VALVE 1

A 2-GWD-V-7823A (Q2G22V019A) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 2 A

2-GWD-V-7823B (Q2G22V019B) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 3 A

2-GWD-V-7823C (Q2G22V019C) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017) 4 B

2-GWD-V-7833A (Q2G22V022A) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 5 B

2-GWD-V-7833B (Q2G22V022B) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 6 B

2-GWD-V-7833C (Q2G22V022C) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886A (Q2G22V074A) 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B (Q2G22V074B) 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:

4.1.9.1 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.

4.1.9.2 Plant vent pressure regulator 2-GWD-V-7896 (Q2G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).

4.1.10 Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).

4.1.11 Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).

4.1.12 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.

UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 6 of 9 Version 49.2 4.1.13 Perform the following:



Record Start Time



Record Initial Tank Press PSIG



Notify the Shift Radiochemist 4.1.14 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:

4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.

4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour. (This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)

4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease OR increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor.

4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN perform the following:

4.1.16.1 Turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSE.

4.1.16.2 Position WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014 to zero.

4.1.17 Record the following:

Stop Time Tank Press PSIG Final R-14 count rate CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM 4.1.17.1 Notify the Shift Radiochemist of the above recorded items.

4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).

UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 7 of 9 Version 49.2 4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).

4.1.20 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8 (Record TPNS).

4.1.21 Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7 (Record TPNS).

4.1.22 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release of R-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RR0100 (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).

R-14 Average Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)

R-22 Average Recorder/RMDA (circle one used) 4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit.

Operator Date 4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.

4.1.25 Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve IV 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) is closed.

4.1.26 Independently verify RCV-14 upstream isolation valve IV 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) is closed & locked.

UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 8 of 9 Version 49.2 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-14 Check 4.2.1 Verify the following RCV-14 isolation valves are closed before performing this test:

[]

2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089)

[]

2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) 4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.

4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.

NOTE:  Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked N/A (NOT APPLICABLE).

 Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 105 cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 105 cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.

4.2.4 Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows:

4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.

4.2.4.2 Check HIGH ALARM is received.

4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.

4.2.4.4 Check 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.

4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.

4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.

4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.

4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.

4.2.4.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.

UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 9 of 9 Version 49.2 4.2.5 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert a test signal as follows:

4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.

I&C 4.2.5.2 Adjust A-1 R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.

I&C 4.2.5.3 Check that 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.

4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened.

4.2.5.5 Adjust A-1 R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.

I&C 4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR I&C switch.

4.2.5.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.

I&C 4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.

4.2.5.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.

5.0 References 5.1 P&ID, D-205042, sheets 5 and 6, Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL (Corporate Documentum) 5.4 FSAR Vol. XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 N/A N/A